Stargate Antarctica & Alien agenda.

Nasa has discovered complex eco systems plus advanced civilizations but hiding it from us.

According to Anonymous?

Here is the Link: https://www.facebook.com/100090234817924/videos/6065684730214866

We are not alone nor have we ever be.

They are preparing a rapport and publish it within two weeks?

Three days of darkness, time move fast and prepare. Click here for the video/link and information.

calamity on earth


Taking control of all the major political power holding positions in the West by the WEF: the creation of the fourth Reich?

A closing message to the people of earth by Branton.

“The only reason the Grays have such a degree of dominance over you is because your elected officials stupidly made clandestine agreements with them, binding you to them in an exclusive alliance that is respected by other space races, allowing them to install themselves in underground bases impregnable to your weaponry, a situation you must now find a way to extricate ourselves from.

(Note: In that the Grays have repeatedly violated these treaties, they should legally be considered null and void.


In fact since the Executive branch of U.S. government was taken over by a fascist CIA coup d’etat in 1963 at the time of the John F. Kennedy assassination — AS WERE the governments of several other countries throughout the world where CIA backed military coups resulted in the establishment of fascist puppet dictatorships —should we not consider the Executive branch of government which made the ‘treaties‘ with the Greys, to be null and void as well? It certainly was not Congress who authorized such ‘treaties‘.

“In antiquity, this planet was divided into sectors between four different groups: Blonds, Grays, large
lizard-like beings [now connected with] the Capella system, and beings [now connected with] the Arcturus system.
These groups still consider themselves to be the owners of this planet. They do not recognize the human claim to ownership.

However, some of us do recognize human rights, as well as the rights of other life-forms…
“The Grays are having problems not only within their own ranks but also on other planets they have colonized.
As a species, they are afflicted with severe, perhaps terminal, health problems (a weakness that can and should be exploited.

They have substantial captive populations of Blond, human and other prisoners of war, eager to join a revolt at the slightest opportunity…
“One must be rational in attempting to fight back, and understand the proper way to proceed.
Your own consciousness is the most potent weapon that is available to you at the present time.
The most effective way to fight the Grays is to change the level of your consciousness from linear thinking to multi-dimensional awareness.
Your secret weapon, your ace in the hole, is that you are not hive-minded collective thinkers, though many of you do fall into that category by conforming to conventional group-patterns, and are therefore easily controlled by the Grays. It is your INDIVIDUALITY which is your best weapon because it is the one weapon you have that the Grays do not have.
The major weakness of the Grays, their area of vulnerability, their Achilles heel, is their inability to think
as individuals. They are an extremely telepathic high-tech society, but as individuals, they are not creative
thinkers. They take orders well, but they do not conceptualize well. They have the technology to throw your planet out of orbit, but there is one key ability that you have and they do not have: the ability to hold in mind imagery that inspires an individual to realize his or her direct personal connection to the source of ALL THAT IS, which is the ineffable Godhead, no matter what name you may call it.
That is your key to victory…”

Info? On ‘Branton’

There are many activities ongoing on Antarctica severe shortage of labor and kidnaped person hold there in captivity as slave including trade?

Their are now three different activities being the German space going remnants.

Entrance to inner earth by sea/sub-marine and a wormhole.

US and others

A advanced living under water civilization. Antarctica is made-up of many different in size islands and not one big body mass.

What surprises me that Anomalously claims to have contacted a number of alien civilizations and organizing a meeting?

We are currently under attack by a collective trying to take over planet earth. Collective’s and groups mind or Hive with no free will.

We are an individualized race/mammals and goes against our nature and being forced upon us. Our elected leaders already assimilated and doing the alien bidding. Because a attach/war is not allowed in this part of the galaxy it is done as an intervention.

The alien intervention/agenda.

Not complex nor far to go: main part is the UN sustainable development agenda and isolate and herd us-up in 15 ghetto’s. A digitalized prison, total control/info. No right of life/so-called a carbon food print.

The introduced it because everybody including animals have too breath and make it taxable. By letting important resources be hold by a few including fossil fuel, food, health, politics just to name a few able to create shortages and very profitable as is War.

Grooming of the new world leaders ( WEF)

Unfortunately the claimed carbon dioxide is not a climate changer and it’s presence in the air very low about 0.04% or nothing. This is a very nasty streak. Only possible because of having control of the big tech media/collusion of others.

Without Carbon dioxide from the air, water and light plants can’t grow or produce including food. By lowering the already low Carbon dioxide content in the earth effect plant grow and yield. That is why food was called a carbon hydrate in the past. Climate change is happening and can cause problems but has nothing to do with carbon-dioxide in the air. Is at an historic low and any lower stats to reduce crops/famine. By turning it in a kind of religion able and successful in misleading most of the current population. Everybody wants to save the earth but also shows that the people behind it and pushing are illiterates. Copy cats. Cleverly manipulated.

it the plants, scrubs, trees, seaweed cannot growth and even a further reduction leads to famine. So climate change is real but has nothing to do with earth temperature. A fabrication an donly be sustained as long as they control the media. Despite all actions from some Nobel price winners to specialist in that field pushed through.

Actual science is discrediting the apocalyptic fantasies of ‘climate change’ cultists but politicians/owners of the Big Tech Media decide to push it through.

Following news that eating the bugs is no good for you after all, a surprising announcement from the governor of the Federal Reserve throws more red meat to the reality-based community.

Following news that eating the bugs is no good for you after all, a surprising announcement from the governor of the Federal Reserve throws more red meat to the reality-based community. Speaking to a to a conference in Madrid, Spain, he expanded his remarks with a statement on his personal duty:

Risks are risks … My job is to make sure that the financial system is resilient to a range of risks. And I believe risks posed by climate change are not sufficiently unique or material to merit special treatment …( and in line with most of the researchers). Especially in the EU it is with great demise/shock that their pet project is gone. Having trouble admitting it and to continue as if nothing did happen. That is shocking!

You must realize that by assimilation our total political leaders every thing now controlled by the far away masters. The collectives now trying to grab control and differ as race with us individualized mamals.

A assimilated member is in constant contact with the central intelligence and steered. No individual activities. Also their love for their masters is unbreakable what ever you want/say. Worldwide organized not individual.

Cobalt mine in Africa and very busy to produce for electric car batteries. Everybody can now that not enough cobalt can be produced nor desirable to power all electric cars worldwide. So they know that cars are out and must be limited in the near future but forgot to tell you. also that the carbon dioxide released will increase starkly because coal is going to be used to produce enough electricity unless free energy is introduced. It is already powering most underground cities and complexes but depressed and hidden on the surface of the planet. ( to protect/giving control to fossil fuel industry owners and guess who that is?).

There is no real difference between UN New World Order and the Alien agenda.

Adding fluoride into our Drinkwater resulting calcinate of our pineal gland inside our brain our third eye deliberately. also added to toothpaste, in some of our frequent used medication. Used during WWI and WWII to dumb down people locked up in camps and prisons.

Proven to be a neurological toxin but despite all added again and again and now high on the agenda of the W.H.O to apply worldwide this time.

No problem resulting in censorship, labelling people as conspiracy lunatics, repression and manipulating of in formation,

collusion between government/big tech, damage, destruction, hurt, pain, killing all for the greater good. ( meaning their distant masters of the collective. They are not human anymore. ( Neg. beings/predator’s.) Their hate of nature!

Agenda 21/2030 and free energy. Every flying disk you see being it human build or Alien uses free energy. Everything is energy in the end and no shortage. What is manipulation/control.

I do realize of what is happening because of a warning:


FROM AN AGENT OF THE FEDERATION:

(Note: One common brand of ‘intellectual defecation‘ that the Grays have been spewing forth through their human ‘channels‘ is that the Grays are really the “good guys“, and that they have been ‘conquered‘ and exploited by the taller Reptiloids and therefore are working with the secret government in an attempt to throw off the yoke of their oppressors.

Any one who is at all familiar with ‘Gray‘ mentality should know that they are WILLFULLY working WITH the taller Reptiloids, and that they are reprobate LIARS who have no conscience whatever when it comes to using multi-levelled deceptions to get their way. Unfortunately many metaphysical-minded “gray huggers” are accepting these lies and others like them.

Other lies that have originated from the Grays include:

  • We are the genetic creations of the Grays, so we must submit to our ‘creators‘;
  • Jesus Christ was a genetic creation of the Grays — interesting, in that Jesus blasted the serpent race in more than one instance;
  • The Grays are a superior race — they may be superior intellectually, however they have no internal or eternal soul-matrix as do humans, and so from a spiritual perspective they are inferior, in essence being little more than ‘predators with brains’.

“The reason the awful little Grays mutilate animals is the stuff that they eat. They eat pulverized hormonal secretions, what you would call subtle essences. They live on the stuff of life.

There is something deathlike about their species. They always bring about the death of animation, the death of individuality.
“How to I know? I am a Blond from Procyon. We were a culture that could travel through time (that is, phase through various time-space dimensions or densities where the ‘flow’ of time and ‘frequency’ space are different from the time-space dimensions of the 3rd dimension, but also lived on a planetary sphere.
And the little Grays, our insidious little ‘friends‘, did to us exactly what they are doing now to you.


This is what happened to our planet.

There is something deathlike about their species. They always bring about the death of animation, the death of individuality.
“How to I know? I am a Blond from Procyon. We were a culture that could travel through time (that is, phase through various time-space dimensions or densities where the ‘flow’ of time and ‘frequency’ space are different from the time-space dimensions of the 3rd dimension, but also lived on a planetary sphere.
And the little Grays, our insidious little ‘friends‘, did to us exactly what they are doing now to you.


“Having come in war, but have been unable to obtain any decisive victory, the Grays expressed the desire to make peace. We had not wanted to fight with the ‘survivors’ of the Rigellian Great War to begin with and gladly accepted their offer.

As time went by, they said they wished to normalize relations and be our friends.
We were in doubt as to whether it would be safe to trust them, and debated the issue for a long time before finally deciding that we should trust them…


“The Grays began to visit us, first a few as ambassadors, then as specialists in various domains where their expertise could be useful to us, as participants in different programs that developed which involved mutual collaboration, and finally as ‘tourists‘.

What had begun as a trickle became a flood, as they came in ever-increasing numbers, slowly but surely infiltrating our society at all levels, penetrating even the most secret of our elite power groups…
“Just as on your planet they began by unobtrusively gaining control over key members of the CIA and KGB through techniques unknown to them, such as hypnosis… so on Procyon through the same techniques, whose existence we were not aware of either, from the start they established a kind of telepathic hypnotic control over our leaders.


Over our leaders and over almost all of us, because it was as if we were under a spell that was leading us to our doom as if we were being programmed by a type of ritual black magic that we did not realize existed.


“Just as a few of the original tall Blonds clandestinely left Rigel when the Great War was about to break out, so did a few of the original tall Blonds clandestinely leave Procyon and escaped into the corridors of time just before the Grays completed the slow undermining that culminated in their sudden takeover of Procyon.

Those who stayed behind came under the total domination of the Grays.
“The Blonds you see on the same ships as the Grays, working with them, are hybrids, or they are clones.
One way to distinguish the clones is that they look alike. The real Blonds have distinct facial feature differences and do not look alike. The clones have thick necks and coarsely muscular bodies.

They do not have the ability to teleport or to travel inter-dimensionally. They can be contacted by telepathy, but are unable to send. They can be given orders telepathically. They are zombie-like flesh robots. You can tell that they are of low intelligence by looking into their eyes.

“The real Blonds are also muscular but have slender necks and agile bodies. Their eyes are alert and of high intelligence.

Physically they are almost identical to humans, the main difference being that by human standards
their blood circulatory system is under-developed, while their lymphatic system is over-developed.
This gives them stronger immune systems than terrestrial humans.

“The hybrids are in an intermediate state between the real Blonds and the clones.
“After what has happened to Procyon, NO TRUE BLOND would collaborate voluntarily with the Grays.
The Grays have taken some prisoners of war, who have no choice in the matter, and are forced to work with them in order to survive, with the hope of escaping. There are also a few Blonds who have become degenerate renegades, space pirates, and mercenaries who sell their services to the highest bidder.

But many of us remain free and continue the fight to the finish with the life-form that has become our hereditary enemy. We choose to remain in exile in the corridors of time, where they can not reach us, rather than to live under the domination of the insidious Grays. It is dangerous for us to venture forth from the corridors of time, but occasionally we do so for a hit-and-run strike, similar in nature to a cosmic version of terrestrial guerrilla warfare.

“We must periodically enter a substantial physical form for a period of repose, or to breed progeny, in order to continue to survive, but otherwise we constantly travel the vast corridors of time.
That is why we may appear to fade in and out like holographic images to human perception. What I have come here to communicate, if only to one or two people or a small group, is that what is now in the process of happening to your culture, also happened to ours.

It is the same fate our own culture suffered. And the Blonds you see with the Grays are either hybrids, clones, or prisoners of war.

Because no true Blond who got out untouched, unscathed, uncrossed with those Grays would ever be with them. He or she would prefer to be in a state of non-existence.

“Besides the Blonds and the Grays, ships from many other space cultures are watching planet Earth at this time with extreme interest. Scientists from other space cultures are studying what is going on here during this decisive period of your history.

If your elected representatives had not so stupidly made a deal with the only aliens willing to provide them with weapons systems, with the short-sighted goal of overpowering the Russians,
the Grays would not have achieved their present dominance, and you would now be exchanging ambassadors with a wide variety of space cultures.

“What I want to get across to you is that the ultimate evil, which underlies all the negativity in the cosmos, finds expression in that masked form of psychological complacency which leads an individual to adhere to a group philosophy rather than to think things through for oneself!

Those who feel safe and comfortable in no matter what belief system merely because many others adhere to it, who get together and form an arrogant self-righteous group convinced it has a monopoly on the truth and those who are ready to persecute, kill or stifle anyone who
challenges that group’s philosophy, have formed an alliance with the ultimate evil, whether they know it or not.

It is the self-righteousness and implacability of certain elite power groups like the CIA and the KGB, certain organized religions, and certain so-called lunatic fringe groups such as some of the more fanatical Star People, which are so objectionable…

“I have seen civilizations rise and fall, begin again only to die again, over and over and over. It isn’t only a problem on this planet.

It’s a problem that must be faced by all civilizations in the course of their development, no matter where they may be located in the cosmos.

Everyone wants that slightly larger piece of the pie than their neighbor for themselves, and eventually, this tendency always culminates in choking them.

Sooner or later this will be the undoing of the Grays as well, thereby enabling us to return in triumph from our exile in the corridors of time. The Grays do not see and are incapable of understanding their own fundamental error: that the very weakness they seize upon in humanity is their own inherent weakness, the blind spot that inevitably seals their doom…

“The only way to victory is through the strength of your consciousness. When genetic or other manipulations are being performed on abductees, the Grays expect them to cringe in fear and derive a second-hand high from the intensity of the emotions expressed.

If instead of cringing in fear, an abductee can put his or her mind gratification that the Grays are getting from their second-hand high, and it confuses them.

Center the consciousness on something so different from what they expect that it puzzles them.
(Note: In most cases the image of an empty red or crimson CROSS seems to be especially debilitating to the Grays.

For instance the legendary soldier-saint, St. George, reputedly wore a shield with a red cross emblazoned on a white background. Whether one believes that the dragon slayers existed or not, the legend itself claims that the Christian dragon-slayers of Europe more-or-less marked the end of the dragon race’s infestation of the old world.

One such legend concerned the city of Silene, Libya which had been plagued by a draconian beast for a long period of time.

The king of the city had offered up sheep and livestock in an effort to appease the beast. However the time came when all the livestock had been used up, and this was when human sacrifices were chosen, by lot, to appease the fearsome beast.

One day the lot fell on the king’s own daughter, and the grieved king, honoring his word, allowed
her to be taken and tied to the post outside of the city gates. As the beast was about to pounce upon the princess, so the story goes, Saint George appeared in shining silver armor and — before the beast knew what was happening — the soldier-saint had pierced it through with his lance and rescued the princess, who later became his wife.

Whether or not such legends have any basis in reality, the story nevertheless symbolizes the unconscious animosity Process

Links

humanityandearth.com

Mind Control Techniques

The fifth column, NWO & Alien agenda!

New, Health & Bible, lifestyles!

End to Green dictate by the EU, IMF, World Banks others.

Use of blackmail & distortion

Pope and climate change?

UN & NWO
Monkey Virus DNA Found in COVID-19 Shots
Cheats, liars and greed our newly elected Saints.
Dissident control in China being copied by the WEST?
Globalist fantasies?

Planet earth is hollow at most of it’s inner part. Between inner and utter core.

Underwater base located in Antarctica!

Pentagon UFO whistleblower.

Globalist fantasies?

Our Elite, trying to connect the dots?

‘censorship-industrial complex’

The apocalyptic fantasies of ‘climate change’ cultists

Healing frequencies

Fallen Angels

Humans are not at the top of the food chain but part of it!

Posts of matilda-macelroy.com:

‘The world’s gone mad!’

A conspiracy against god and man! 

Slavery, Power/Greed! 

Humans reduced to a commodity! 

Can the West still turn the tide of tyranny? 

Conspiracy and the coming witch hunt. 

Fallen Angels

Humans are not at the top of the food chain but part of it!

Pushing the fake & synthetic food agenda! – My Blog (humanityandearth.com)

Pushing the fake & synthetic food agenda!

UN and the cancel culture

Nature as the last Sanctuary

The Federal Reserve Endgame Is Not a Collapse, It’s Global Domination

New Studies Deliver Harsh Verdicts on Mask Mandates, Vaccine Mandates for U.S. Cities

Emergency powers should be used only in case of war.

Messing with vaccinations?

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! – My Blog (humanityandearth.com)

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society!

Ron Hubbard, Founder, of the Church of Scientology. Posted in UncategorizedEdit

humanityandearth.com links:

De-population attempts?
The great food reset.
The physical Universe.
Antarctica and the hollow planets!
Is planet Earth hell?
Humanity & History!
Health and Ageing!
Mind control, US destruction from inside out!
Africa, Marduk’s Bluff? & Alien response & Putin.
The Biofield and low frequent EM field/waves.
Liberalism now lost?
Dulce, New Mexico, whistle-blower rapport by Thomas Edwin Castello.
Numbers 3, 7, 9,11,13, 33, 39.and the Free- Masons & illuminati.
Loosh, energy generated by all organic life forms.
Mad Science from Dr Mercola publication.
End of the Western Democracy and liberalism.

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity? 

Messing with vaccinations? 

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! 

UFO & CIA 

By Ron Hubbard, Founder.

Messing with our food? 

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Forcing the New Dystopian future.

History of the human build UFO’s

Humanity being sold like cattle, agenda 21 UN.

EU Central bank, pushing for Digital currency.

Fake Meat & Junk Food

Pushing for a nuclear war?

energy-from-space.com links:

Use of frequencies and effects on our bio energy field that surrounds our body.

A new U.S. & Alien agreement as claimed by Israeli-Scientist?

US considering admitting working with Aliens and do research on Mars.

NWO & WHO coupe, the Alien card.

Magnetic energy generator.

China and free energy Technology.

The Moray story.

Free magnetic energy generator.

Class war & covid. 

Global tax scam. 

Owners of the empire. 

Tesla and wireless electricity. 

Healing and Channeling device. 

Big companies who brought us Toxins, food and climate changes. 

Biofuels & food. 

Nature and unification. 

The climate debate!

Finite Element Model for Atmospheric IR-Absorption Joseph Reynen. (CO2)

“There is class war, right, but it is m

Totalitarianism and technocracy like to present themselves as the pinnacle of rationality and science.’ Prof Mattias Desmet.

The Financial Elites Have Positioned Themselves To Control Access To Virtually Everything We Need To Survive.

They Have Used The World Economic Forum To Facilitate A Complete Corporate Take Over Of The Entire Planet, They Have Rigged The System And Deliberately Caused The Damage & Devastation So That They Can Offer Their One And Only Solution

Watch | Facebook

Destroying everything we need to survive ( please click on link for video)

Real power

The fascist state

You have 2 free member-only stories left this month. 

Sign up for Medium and get an extra one

Geoff Ward

Geoff Ward

Apr 22

Fear and the sacrifice of our freedoms

Professor Mattias Desmet

‘Totalitarianism and technocracy like to present themselves as the pinnacle of rationality and science.’ Prof Mattias Desmet

I’ve already made reference, in two previous articles recently, to the Belgian psychologist Mattias Desmet and his cogent theory of mass formation, but here I want to discuss his indispensable book The Psychology of Totalitarianism (Chelsea Green Publishing, 2022), in which the theory is presented, in more detail.

This is because I feel that The Psychology of Totalitarianism, in its grave implications for the not-too-distant future of the Western world, could be the most important book of the decade in its explanation for the extraordinary state of affairs in which we find ourselves today. Here are links to my previous related articles, ‘Can the West turn the tide of tyranny’ and ‘The god of madness is back with a vengeance’.

Prof Desmet’s basic premise is that we are witnessing the failure of the ‘grand narrative’ of our society, that of mechanistic science, which can be traced back to the seventeenth century and Europe’s scientific revolution, the ‘Enlightenment’ and ‘Age of Reason’, following which the nature of the human being came to be reduced to a biological organism.

It’s been a narrative that has ignored the psychological, ethical and symbolic dimensions of human beings, and has had a devastating effect on human relationships, causing people to become isolated from one another and from nature. Scientifically, the mechanistic-materialistic worldview is outdated, but remains virulent and contains within it the very real threat of totalitarianism.

To recap, Prof Desmet is recognised internationally for his theory of mass formation as it applies to the covid-19 phenomenon when whole populations were, in his view, in the grip of a kind of collective hypnosis arising from fear, loneliness and ‘free-floating’ anxiety which attached itself to the event. This gave way to censorship, loss of privacy and surrendered rights and freedoms — all triggered by ‘a singular, focused crisis narrative that forbids dissident views and relies on destructive groupthink’.

With the coronavirus crisis, ‘we have, for the first time in history, reached a point where the entire world population is in the grip of a mass formation over a prolonged period of time’. The crisis offered an unexpected window of opportunity for the mechanistic ideology, such ideology causing people to lose contact with their environment and become atomised subjects, essential components of the totalitarian state.

Prof Desmet says: ‘The transition from a democracy to a totalitarian technocracy, in which the coronavirus crisis was a Great Leap forward, actually formed part of the logic of the mechanistic ideology from the very beginning.’

Totalitarianism is the belief that human intellect can be the guiding principle in life and society: ‘It aims to create a utopian, artificial society led by technocrats or experts … the individual is completely subordinated to the collective, reduced to being a cog in the machine of society … Nazism, and even more so Stalinism, are the most ambitious historical attempts to put totalitarian ideology into practice.’

Advance of the surveillance society

There are several signs that a new kind of technocratic totalitarianism is on the rise today: the increase in intrusive actions by security agencies, the advance of the surveillance society, pressure on the right to privacy, increased censorship and suppression of alternative voices, loss of support for basic democratic principles, and an experimental vaccination programme.

Certain factors leading to societal mass formation are identified:

  • An overall sense of loneliness and lack of social connections and bonds.
  • A lack of meaning and purpose in life.
  • Anxiety and discontent arising from loneliness and lack of meaning.
  • Manifestation of frustration and aggression engendered by anxiety.
  • Emergence of a consistent narrative from government and mass media which exploits and channels frustration and anxiety.

During the coronavirus episode, people accepted with remarkable ease measures that destroyed their enjoyment of life, freedom and prosperity — ‘the most astonishing observation for chroniclers of twentieth-century totalitarianism: the almost limitless tolerance for the enormous personal damage the population endured’.

The coronavirus did not come out of the blue, Prof Desmet says, but fits into ‘a series of increasingly desperate and self-destructive responses to objects of fear’ including terrorism and global warming. The only response in our current way of thinking is increased control: ‘Coercive control leads to fear and fear leads to more coercive control.’

Society then falls victim to a vicious circle inevitably leading to totalitarianism, resulting eventually in ‘the radical destruction of both the psychological and physical integrity of human beings’.

Prof Desmet warns that the totalitarian state is grounded in the social-psychological process of mass formation. Taking this process into account helps us to understand the willingness of individuals to blindly sacrifice personal interests in favour of the collective, the radical intolerance of dissident voices, a paranoid informant mentality, susceptibility to absurd pseudoscientific indoctrination and propaganda, and the loss of diversity and creativity, making totalitarianism the enemy of art and culture.

Elements of the scientific community have degenerated into ideology, belief and dogma. People no longer know the difference between pseudoscientific fiction and reality: ‘Never before were there so many such people as in the beginning of the twenty-first century; never before were the societal conditions so prone to totalitarianism.’

‘Expert’ commentary always moves toward a more technologically and biomedically controlled society: toward the realisation of the mechanistic ideology, resulting in ’a maze of errors, sloppiness and forced conclusions in which researchers unconsciously confirm their ideological principles’.

Indeed, I’d say, concept affirmation, as opposed to referential accuracy, indicates the power of transmitted beliefs and dogmas to overpower simple observation of what might be under one’s nose, or hiding in plain sight.

Dull bureaucrats and technocrats

With the historian and political philosopher Hannah Arendt (1906–75) — Prof Desmet’s touchstone writer, author of The Origins of Totalitarianism (1951) — he situates an undercurrent of totalitarianism in a naive belief that a flawless humanoid being and a utopian society can be produced from scientific knowledge. A moment that Arendt anticipated in 1951 seems to be rapidly approaching: a new totalitarian system led not by ‘ring-leaders’ like Stalin and Hitler, but by dull bureaucrats and technocrats.

Arising from the mechanistic ideology, institutions were created that make plans about what future society should look like and how the ideal future society should respond to crisis situations. Operation Lockstep from the Rockefeller Foundation, Event 201 of the Bill and Melinda Gates foundation (in collaboration with John Hopkins University and the Rockefeller Foundation), and Covid-19: The Great Reset by Klaus Schwab are examples of such endeavours. (See my articles, ‘Another “dress rehearsal” for a pandemic’ and ‘Why we should be wary of a smart future’).

Most interestingly, Prof Desmet says: ‘The ultimate master is the ideology, not the elite.’ At first, this key statement in The Psychology of Totalitarianism seems counter-intuitive, for where does an ideology originate other than in human discourse? Also, an ideology, such as totalitarianism, can be, and is, manipulated and imposed by institutional forces.

Yet the suggestion is that, due to the prevailing mechanistic-materialist worldview, a propensity in the populace towards totalitarianism waits to be activated — and, clearly, seized upon by affluent oligarchic influencers with their own agendas.

But it would be a mistake to identify the phenomenon only in regimes, Prof Desmet points out: ‘There is an ever-present totalitarian undercurrent that consists of a fanatical attempt to steer and control life in far-reaching ways on the basis of technical, scientific knowledge.’

The mechanistic ideology has put more and more individuals into a state of social isolation, unsettled by a lack of meaning, free-floating anxiety and uneasiness as well as latent frustration and aggression. These conditions lead to large-scale and long-lasting mass formation, and this mass formation in turn leads to the emergence of totalitarian state systems.

‘Therefore, mass formation and totalitarianism are in fact symptoms of the mechanistic ideology … these social symptoms signal an underlying problem … they transform the experiences of social isolation and fear into an illusion of connectedness.’ (Prof Desmet’s italics).

Societies are primarily besieged by ideas, he says (his italics). The most fundamental change that society needs to aim for is not a change in practical terms but a change in consciousness (my italics).

A new foundation for our identity

Now, as I’ve mentioned previouslyThe Psychology of Totalitarianism does explore, with optimism, possible ways out of the ‘cultural impasse’ in which we find ourselves, saying that the real task facing us is to construct ‘a new view of man and the world, to find a new foundation for our identity, to formulate new principles for living together with others, and to reappraise a timely human capacity — speaking the truth’.

Indeed, Prof Desmet states: ‘The reappraisal of the phenomenon of truth-telling will be the indicator par excellence of the progress of the revolution which is necessary to overcome the tendency toward totalitarianism inherent in the Enlightenment tradition.’

Essentially, he asks: ‘Do we view man as a biochemical machine that has to be technologically monitored and pharmaceutically adjusted, or as a being that finds its destination in mystical resonance with the Other and with the eternal language of nature?’

Towards the end of his book, he writes: ‘The essence of things is not rationally knowable. And reality cannot be reduced to mechanistic frameworks. When realising this, we can finally start to look for the essence of life where it truly can be found: in that which always escapes rationalisation and mechanisation …’

All rational knowledge is relative and remains alien to the essence of the object which one is trying to understand. Great minds of science have testified to this: Albert Einstein spoke of the elusive mystery he found everywhere in the universe; Neils Bohr understood that poetry had more grip on all things Real than logic; Max Planck said that all matter was grounded in a conscious and intelligent Mind.

Contemplative founders of science left the rationalistic worldview behind: Einstein, Planck, Bohr, Werner Heisenberg, Erwin Schrödinger, Louis de Broglie, Wolfgang Pauli, Sir Arthur Eddington, Sir James Jeans — ‘all of them had a mystical worldview because they were confronted in their research objects with an irresolvable mystery’.

This does not minimise the importance of rationale and logic, Prof Desmet says, but rationality is not humanity’s final destination: ‘Humanity has to step firmly on to the path of logic in order to ultimately transcend rationality.’

The further the logical analysis of the phenomenon under investigation is carried, the more clearly one sees the emergence of a core that is intrinsically illogical and inaccessible to the human mind: ‘that moment gives rise to an awareness of the relativity of all logic as well as a heightened sensitivity to forms of language that don’t aim to be logically understood but lead to a more direct affinity, to resonance with the object (poetry, mysticism, etc.)’.

An unknowable and mysterious essence

Already, in the opening pages of The Psychology of Totalitarianism, we read that science ‘stumbles upon an unknowable and mysterious essence that escapes logical explanation and which can be described only in the language of poetry and metaphor’. Encounters with that essence often result in the seminal religious experience — an experience that precedes and is untainted by religious institutions and dogma.

To me, there’s a secret poetry in mysticism, and Prof Desmet’s references to poetry and mysticism immediately bring to mind the English philosopher Colin Wilson (1931–2013) who, in his book with the very title Poetry and Mysticism (1970), opined that the psychological mechanisms behind mystical and aesthetic experience were identical, although he was not suggesting that mysticism could be reduced to a matter of psychological mechanisms: ‘Where the mechanisms end, the mystery begins,’ he adds.

Like Prof Desmet today, Wilson was concerned greatly with the lack of meaning and purpose in human existence and how this situation could be rectified by changes to, and a raising of, human consciousness.

By ‘aesthetic experience’ Wilson means specifically a spontaneous uplifting or inspirational moment brought about by an artform, for example, literature, music or visual art, or by the natural world, rather than critical reflection on an object or objects — indeed, a level of epiphany affording a sudden insight or revelation, something more profound than the intellectual aesthetic response or attitude.

Moments of heightened awareness induced by poetry, Wilson asserts, are really no different from the visions of the mystics. Great poetry strikes the reader at a level deeper than conscious thought; its message frees us from the ‘gaoler in our minds’ and makes us aware of possibilities hidden by everyday common sense (or everyday rationality and logic).

Wilson was sure we could share in what great artists (and scientists) communicated and thereby sharpen our sensibilities so as to experience such moments more often and more intensely. Poetry was one of the most important means of tapping ‘vast sources of power’ within us, of providing insights into the very processes of creativity and revealing the full meaning of our humanity.

Well, we can’t all be mystics but we can investigate and possibly cultivate this aesthetic experience. Necessarily, it would give rise to crucial questions of value, questions which are being overridden constantly in today’s world — most strongly evidenced by the way in which the proponents of establishment and mainstream narratives suppress valid and viable alternative viewpoints.

It seems to me that realisation of the aesthetic experience, of that particular awareness for which Prof Desmet hopes, would improve the condition of society, and also involve an elevation of the status of art, currently under attack by ‘woke’ extremism.

Poetry begins where philosophy ends.

*****

Some of many aphoristic statements which can be found in The Psychology of Totalitarianism:

‘Totalitarianism is not about monstrous people — it is about normal people who stick to a morbid, dehumanising way of thinking or “logic”.’

‘The euthanasia machine — a box in which you can relieve yourself of life painlessly with helium gas — will be the ultimate consequence of mechanistic thinking.’

‘Chaos theory heralds, maybe even more than quantum mechanics, the era that historically and logically follows the Enlightenment; an era when the universe is once again pregnant with meaning.’

‘The essence of things is not rationally knowable and reality cannot be reduced to mechanistic frameworks.’

‘The epidemiological-statistical discourse sounds sophisticated and looks impressive with its acronyms, calculations to four decimal places and mathematical modelling of the course of the pandemic, but it is mostly an impressive demonstration of fake accuracy and pseudo-objectivity.’

Mattias Desmet is a professor of clinical psychology in the Department of Psychology and Educational Sciences at Ghent University, Belgium, and a practising psychotherapist. His previous books include The Pursuit of Objectivity in Psychology and Lacan’s Logic of Subjectivity: A Walk on the Graph of Desire, and he is the author of more than a hundred peer-reviewed academic papers. In 2018, he received the Evidence-Based Psychoanalytic Case Study Prize of the Association for Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, and in 2019 he received the Wim Trijsburg Prize of the Dutch Association of Psychotherapy. He also has a degree in statistics.

*****
You can subscribe to Medium by using this link:

Join Medium with my referral link – Geoff Ward

Read every story from Geoff Ward (and thousands of other writers on Medium). Your membership fee directly supports…

geoffjward.medium.com

Psychology

Totalitarianism

Philosophy

Links

Mind Control Techniques

The fifth column, NWO & Alien agenda!

New, Health & Bible, lifestyles!

End to Green dictate by the EU, IMF, World Banks others.

Use of blackmail & distortion

Pope and climate change?

Planet earth is hollow at most of it’s inner part. Between inner and utter core.

Underwater base located in Antarctica!

Pentagon UFO whistleblower.

Globalist fantasies?

Our Elite, trying to connect the dots?

‘censorship-industrial complex’

The apocalyptic fantasies of ‘climate change’ cultists

Healing frequencies

Fallen Angels

Humans are not at the top of the food chain but part of it!

Pushing the fake & synthetic food agenda! – My Blog (humanityandearth.com)

Pushing the fake & synthetic food agenda!

UN and the cancel culture

Nature as the last Sanctuary

The Federal Reserve Endgame Is Not a Collapse, It’s Global Domination

New Studies Deliver Harsh Verdicts on Mask Mandates, Vaccine Mandates for U.S. Cities

Emergency powers should be used only in case of war.

Messing with vaccinations?

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! – My Blog (humanityandearth.com)

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society!

Ron Hubbard, Founder, of the Church of Scientology. Posted in UncategorizedEdit

Enemies of humanity.

Part of the great reset? ( After covid and climate change) Click here for video-link with information.

Calculations of the population being a hoax? Click here for the video-link with information

Israel and the doomsday weapons, will the use it. Click on video link for more information

Elites/superiority/genocide?

The hidden owners of planet earth, the master puppets and collaborators. Click for video link with information’s. Agenda for the future by the UN. (21)

Every nation who did sign up is implementing this plan without you know it. Shrouded in nice sounding words. A step by step plan to keep people/humans unaware

UN and agenda 2030

UN serving the great Manon Click link for the video and information here. explaining what is their plan.

Seymour Hersh Russia Has Won The War. What comes Next Emergency Transmission| FOX BREAKING NEWS – September 25, 2023

Video | Facebook

Depopulation. Click here for the video/link and information!

This is Billy’s third expose on Schwab and the World Economic Forum. After reviewing the material in this book, the publisher refused to print the book and then canceled Billy’s entire collection of prophecy books going back many years. What is in this book they found so offensive? There was a time they operated in the shadows, but now, with the help of wealthy globalists and a corrupt media their actions are out in the open. Cyborgs, super soldiers, transhumanists and yes … Human 2.0. It fits in perfectly with their plans. A one world government, a one world economy, a cashless society and a surveillance system that circles the entire globe… The system of the Beast. Video/link

⁶ARE WE LIVING AMONGST SOULESS BEINGS 🤔 some of the population that walk among us that we think are 👉👫👈 are NOT actually REAL people created in the IMAGE of God, they are like robots, as if there bodies are AVATARS that are CONTROLLED by DEMONS that dwell withIN them, there is NO LIGHT and LOVE in them at all, they DON’T have a SPIRIT that comes from our Heavenly Father, our Reality is a bit like the movie the MATRIX.

Please click on the link for the video/information!

God gave me a vision about a year ago when I saw what I thought was a real person, was actually a DEMON in an AVATAR, also about 5/6 years ago i walked into a pub and there was a load of DEMONS in AVATAR bodies

All plans are there but they forgot to inform you.

Trying to push more lockdowns using climate change this time as excuse?

Special for the Bad Ass warriors

Yuval Noah Harari tells Klaus Schwab Look at the smile on Klaus Schwab face when Yuval Noah tells him the poor people will die and the rich will survive…. and there’s nothing the masses can do….

Selling heaven to us and force for the greater good.

Macron we need a single world order.

Finally after all the hiding it is true. Push, push and push even war.

Different sources coming up now more regular, click on video link

Depopulations ongoing? click here for a video?

Cindy Carpenter

There is an old interview of a scientist on CBS talking to Nora Odonnel.

He told her they had high powered lasers they could shoot into the sky that could make it rain and lightening and even cause floods.

Folks that was 9 years ago.

What if all the weather events have been happening on purpose to push their climate change agenda?

I believe they have direct energy weapons and they used them to dustify the 911 towers.

Lockdowns, nothing learned.

HOW UNETHICAL WERE THE LOCKDOWNS, click here for the video/info.

Illuminati & Rothchild; click her for the video

Documented past and key to the current upheaval including enslavement of the people in the US

To tell and control what you see and should believe. Click for video is important.

This recording made in 1967 foretold the events and truths we are seeing today and what is coming…

Missing the target and causing damage. Click for link with video/info.

Please click link for video/analyze, the globalist plan and failing;

Sorry but: real socialism wouldn’t split everybody into small groups, or clans, turned against each other; it wouldn’t divide the population this way. It wouldn’t create chaos in society. This is a different form of state that only pretends to be like socialism, but isn’t really. So I don’t agree with what you’re saying.

Policies designed to destroy our societies;

A message from an Alien group who call themselves Allies of Humanity and do try to warn us about what is happening now.

The subject is the current intervention of Alien forces present on planet earth and aligned themselves with the so-called Elite/cabal or The Global Public-Private Partnership and un-democratic elements in the political arena.

It includes a number of observation about the current situation on earth and information in respect of the greater community. Galaxy/Universe.

There is no harm in reading/thinking about their statement/freedom.

Ongoing Alien intervention

We have seen these things before in other places. We have seen entire worlds fall under control of such collectives. There are many such collectives in the universe. Because such collectives deal with interplanetary trade and extend over vast regions, they adhere to a strict conformity without deviation.
There is no individuality amongst them, at least not in any way that you could recognize.

We are not sure that we can give an example in your own world of what this could be like, but we have been told there are commercial interests that span cultures in your world, that wield tremendous power and yet are governed by only a few.

NWO & Alien intervention which is now taking place. It is the same but using Alien intervention impossible/be realized. There are agreements between different civilizations in this part of the Galaxy and not permitted. not applicable here/now. It has been for a long time in the planning to simulate such a case using large holographic disk to be projected inside that so-called invasion scenario and use of their own to cause damage on earth being well hidden inside that holograph.
As discussed during a Bilderberg meeting and when humanity be presented with this scenario, individual rights would be be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well-being granted to them by a New World Government.” Dr. Henry Kissinger, Bilderberger Conference, Evians, France, 1991″

Instead opted for an intervention and also more recently used in the take over of planet
by the collectivist involved now here on earth as well.

Quote … unquote The mention of the New World Order in polite conversation in the past did provoke accusations of paranoia – yet politicians, financiers and writers discuss it openly. Silencing the info/public awareness about what was being planned/exicuted on hihj levels and closed doors.
“We are not going to achieve a new world order without paying for it in blood as well as in words and money.” Arthur Schlesinger, Jr., in Foreign Affairs (July/August 1995) in the past

That quotation and the following – and many others like them – clearly demonstrate that the words “new world order” are deadly serious and furthermore, have been in use for decades. They did not originate with President George Bush in 1990. The “old world order” is one based on independent nation-states. The “new world order” involves the elimination of the sovereignty and independence of nation-states and some form of world government. This means the end of the United States of America, the U.S. Constitution, and the Bill of Rights as we now know them.
Most of the new world order proposals involve the conversion of the United Nations and its agencies to a world government, complete with a world army, a world parliament, a world court, global taxation, and numerous other agencies to control every aspect of human life (education, nutrition, health care, population, immigration, communications, transportation, commerce, agriculture, finance, the environment, etc.).
The various notions of the “new world order” differ as to details and scale, but agree on the basic principle and substance.
“Today, America would be outraged if U.N. troops entered Los Angeles to restore order [referring to the 1991 LA Riot]. Tomorrow they will be grateful!

This is especially true if they were told that there were an outside threat from beyond [i.e., an “extraterrestrial” invasion], whether real or promulgated [emphasis mine], that threatened our very existence. It is then that all peoples of the world will plead to deliver them from this evil.
The one thing every man fears is the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well-being granted to them by the World Government.” Dr. Henry Kissinger, Bilderberger Conference, Evians, France, 1991″

The drive of the Rockefellers and their allies is to create a one-world government combining super-capitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their control…. Do I mean conspiracy? Yes I do. I am convinced there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in intent.”

Congressman Larry P. McDonald, 1976, killed in the Korean Airlines 747 that was shot down by the Soviets” We are grateful to The Washington Post, The New York Times, Time Magazine and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost forty years. It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subject to the bright lights of publicity during those years. But, the work is now much more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries.”


David Rockefeller, founder of the Trilateral Commission, in an address to a meeting of The Trilateral Commission, in June, 1991.”The idea was that those who direct the overall conspiracy could use the differences in those two so-called ideologies [marxism/fascism/socialism v. democracy/capitalism] to enable them [the Illuminati] to divide larger and larger portions of the human race into opposing camps so that they could be armed and then brainwashed into fighting and destroying each other.”

Myron Fagan No one will enter the New World Order unless he or she will make a pledge to worship Lucifer. No one # will enter the New Age unless he will take a LUCIFERIAN Initiation.”

David Spangler, Director of Planetary Initiative, United Nations” In March, 1915, the J.P. Morgan interests, the steel, shipbuilding, and powder interest, and their subsidiary organizations, got together 12 men high up in the newspaper world and employed them to select the most influential newspapers in the United States and sufficient number of them to control generally the policy of the daily press….

They found it was only necessary to purchase the control of 25 of the greatest papers. “An agreement was reached; the policy of the papers was bought, to be paid for by the month; an editor was furnished for each paper to properly supervise and edit information regarding the questions of preparedness, militarism, financial policies, and other things of national and international nature considered vital to the interests of the purchasers.”

U.S. Congressman Oscar Callaway, 1917″The world can therefore seize the opportunity [Persian Gulf crisis] to fulfill the long-held promise of a New World Order where diverse nations are drawn together in common cause to achieve the universal aspirations of mankind.”
George Herbert Walker Bush” In the next century, nations as we know it will be obsolete; all states will recognize a single, global authority. National sovereignty wasn’t such a great idea after all.”

Strobe Talbot, President Clinton’s Deputy Secretary of State, as quoted in Time, July 20th, l992.”
We shall have world government whether or not you like it, by conquest or consent.”

Statement by Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) member James Warburg to The Senate Foreign Relations Committee on February 17th, 1950″
The world is governed by very different personages from what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes.”
Benjamin Disraeli, first Prime Minister of England, in a novel he published in 1844 called Coningsby,
the New Generation”

The governments of the present day have to deal not merely with other governments, with emperors, kings and ministers, but also with the secret societies which have everywhere their unscrupulous agents, and can at the last moment upset all the governments’ plans. “

British Prime Minister Benjamin Disraeli, 1876″


Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men’s views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the United States, in the Field of commerce and manufacture, are afraid of something. They know that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it.”

Woodrow Wilson, The New Freedom (1913)
“What is important is to dwell upon the increasing evidence of the existence of a secret conspiracy, throughout the world, for the destruction of organized government and the letting loose of evil.”

Christian Science Monitor editorial, June 19th, l920


“The real menace of our republic is this invisible government which like a giant octopus sprawls its slimy length over city, state and nation. Like the octopus of real life, it operates under cover of a self created screen….At the head of this octopus are the Rockefeller Standard Oil interests and a small group of powerful banking houses generally referred to as international bankers. The little coterie of powerful international bankers virtually run the United States government for their own selfish purposes. They practically control both political parties.”

New York City Mayor John F. Hylan, 1922″From the days of Sparticus, Wieskhopf, Karl Marx, Trotsky, Rosa Luxemberg, and Emma Goldman, this world conspiracy has been steadily growing.

This conspiracy played a definite recognizable role in the tragedy of the French revolution. It has been the mainspring of every subversive movement during the 19th century. And now at last this band of extraordinary personalities from the underworld of the great cities of Europe and America have gripped the Russian people by the hair of their head and have become the undisputed masters of that enormous empire.”

Winston Churchill, stated to the London Press, in l922.”We are at present working discreetly with all our might to wrest this mysterious force called sovereignty out of the clutches of the local nation states of the world.”

Professor Arnold Toynbee, in a June l931 speech before the Institute for the Study of International Affairs in Copenhagen.”The government of the Western nations, whether monarchical or republican, had passed into the invisible hands of a plutocracy, international in power and grasp.
It was, I venture to suggest, this semi-occult power which….pushed the mass of the American people into the cauldron of World War I.”

British military historian Major General J.F.C. Fuller, l941″For a long time I felt that FDR had developed many thoughts and ideas that were his own to benefit this country, the United States. But, he didn’t.

Most of his thoughts, his political ammunition, as it were, were carefully manufactured for him in advanced by the Council on Foreign Relations-One World Money group. Brilliantly, with great gusto, like a fine piece of artillery, he exploded that prepared “ammunition” in the middle of an unsuspecting target, the American people, and thus paid off and returned his internationalist political support.

“The UN is but a long-range, international banking apparatus clearly set up for financial and economic profit by a small group of powerful One-World revolutionaries, hungry for profit and power.

“The depression was the calculated ‘shearing’ of the public by the World Money powers, triggered by the planned sudden shortage of supply of call money in the New York money market….

The One World Government leaders and their ever close bankers have now acquired full control of the money and credit machinery of the U.S. via the creation of the privately owned Federal Reserve Bank.” Curtis Dall, FDR’s son-in-law as quoted in his book, My Exploited Father-in-Law

“The real truth of the matter is, as you and I know, that a financial element in the larger centers has owned the Government ever since the days of Andrew Jackson.”

A letter written by FDR to Colonel House, November 21st, l933″The real rulers in Washington are invisible, and exercise power from behind the scenes.”

Supreme Court Justice Felix Frankfurter, 1952″Fifty men have run America, and that’s a high figure.”

Joseph Kennedy, father of JFK, in the July 26th, l936 issue of The New York Times.”Today the path of total dictatorship in the United States can be laid by strictly legal means, unseen and unheard by the Congress, the President, or the people. Outwardly we have a Constitutional government.
We have operating within our government and political system, another body representing another form of government – a bureaucratic elite.”

Senator William Jenner, 1954″The case for government by elites is irrefutable.”
Senator William Fulbright, Former chairman of the US Senate Foreign Relations Committee, stated at a 1963 symposium entitled: The Elite and the Electorate – Is Government by the People Possible?

“The Trilateral Commission is intended to be the vehicle for multinational consolidation of the commercial and banking interests by seizing control of the political government of the United States. The Trilateral Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to seize control and consolidate the four centers of power political, monetary, intellectual and ecclesiastical. What the Trilateral Commission intends is to create a worldwide economic power superior to the political governments of the nationstates involved. As managers and creators of the system, they will rule the future.”

U.S. Senator Barry Goldwater in his l964 book: With No Apologies.
“The powers of financial capitalism had another far reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole.

This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements, arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences. The apex of the system was the Bank for International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the worlds’ central banks which were themselves private corporations. The growth of financial capitalism made possible a centralization of world economic control and use of this power for the direct benefit of financiers and the indirect injury of all other economic groups.”

Tragedy and Hope: A History of The World in Our Time (Macmillan Company, 1966,) Professor Carroll Quigley of Georgetown University, highly esteemed by his former student, William Jefferson Blythe Clinton.”The Council on Foreign Relations is “the establishment.” Not only does it have influence and power in key decision-making positions at the highest levels of government to apply pressure from above, but it also announces and uses individuals and groups to bring pressure from below, to justify the high level decisions for converting the U.S. from a sovereign Constitutional Republic into a servile member state of a one-world dictatorship.”

Former Congressman John Rarick 1971″The directors of the CFR (Council on Foreign Relations) make up a sort of Presidium for that part of the Establishment that guides our destiny as a nation.” The Christian Science Monitor, September 1, l961″The New World Order will have to be built from the bottom up rather than from the top down…but in the end run around national sovereignty, eroding it piece by piece will accomplish much more than the old fashioned frontal assault.”

CFR member Richard Gardner, writing in the April l974 issue of the CFR’s journal, Foreign Affairs.”The planning of UN can be traced to the ‘secret steering committee’ established by Secretary [of State Cordell] Hull in January 1943. All of the members of this secret committee, with the exception of Hull, a Tennessee politician, were members of the Council on Foreign Relations. They saw Hull regularly to plan, select, and guide the labors of the [State] Department’s Advisory Committee. It was, in effect, the coordinating agency for all the State Department’s postwar planning.”

Professors Laurence H. Shoup and William Minter, writing in their study of the CFR, “Imperial Brain Trust: The CFR and United States Foreign Policy.” (Monthly Review Press, 1977).”The most powerful clique in these (CFR) groups have one objective in common: they want to bring about the surrender of the sovereignty and the national independence of the U.S. They want to end national boundaries and racial and ethnic loyalties supposedly to increase business and ensure world peace. What they strive for would inevitably lead to dictatorship and loss of freedoms by the people. The CFR was founded for “the purpose of promoting disarmament and submergence of U.S. sovereignty and national independence into an all-powerful one-world government.”

Harpers, July l958″The old world order changed when this war-storm broke. The old international order passed away as suddenly, as unexpectedly, and as completely as if it had been wiped out by a gigantic flood, by a great tempest, or by a volcanic eruption. The old world order died with the setting of that day’s sun and a new world order is being born while I speak, with birth-pangs so terrible that it seems almost incredible that life could come out of such fearful suffering and such overwhelming sorrow.”

Nicholas Murray Butler, in an address delivered before the Union League of Philadelphia, Nov. 27, 1915″The peace conference has assembled. It will make the most momentous decisions in history, and upon these decisions will rest the stability of the new world order and the future peace of the world.”
M. C. Alexander, Executive Secretary of the American Association for International Conciliation, in a subscription letter for the periodical International Conciliation (1919)

“If there are those who think we are to jump immediately into a new world order, actuated by complete understanding and brotherly love, they are doomed to disappointment. If we are ever to approach that time, it will be after patient and persistent effort of long duration. The present international situation of mistrust and fear can only be corrected by a formula of equal status, continuously applied, to every phase of international contacts, until the cobwebs of the old order are brushed out of the minds of the people of all lands.”

Dr. Augustus O. Thomas, president of the World Federation of Education Associations (August 1927), quoted in the book International Understanding: Agencies Educating for a New World (1931)”… when the struggle seems to be drifting definitely towards a world social democracy, there may still be very great delays and disappointments before it becomes an efficient and beneficent world system. Countless people … will hate the new world order … and will die protesting against it. When we attempt to evaluate its promise, we have to bear in mind the distress of a generation or so of malcontents, many of them quite gallant and graceful-looking people.”

H. G. Wells, in his book entitled The New World Order (1939)”The term Internationalism has been popularized in recent years to cover an interlocking financial, political, and economic world force for the purpose of establishing a World Government. Today Internationalism is heralded from pulpit and platform as a ‘League of Nations’ or a ‘Federated Union’ to which the United States must surrender a definite part of its National Sovereignty. The World Government plan is being advocated under such alluring names as the ‘New International Order,’ ‘The New World Order,’ ‘World Union Now,’ ‘World Commonwealth of Nations,’ ‘World Community,’ etc. All the terms have the same objective; however, the line of approach may be religious or political according to the taste or training of the individual.”

Excerpt from A Memorial to be Addressed to the House of Bishops and the House of Clerical and Lay Deputies of the Protestant Episcopal Church in General Convention (October 1940)”In the first public declaration on the Jewish question since the outbreak of the war, Arthur Greenwood, member without portfolio in the British War Cabinet, assured the Jews of the United States that when victory was achieved an effort would be made to found a new world order based on the ideals of ‘justice and peace.”
Excerpt from article entitled “New World Order Pledged to Jews,” in The New York Times (October 1940)”If totalitarianism wins this conflict, the world will be ruled by tyrants, and individuals will be slaves. If democracy wins, the nations of the earth will be united in a commonwealth of free peoples, and individuals, wherever found, will be the sovereign units of the new world order.”

The Declaration of the Federation of the World, produced by the Congress on World Federation, adopted by the Legislatures of North Carolina (1941), New Jersey (1942), Pennsylvania (1943), and possibly other states.”New World Order Needed for Peace: State Sovereignty Must Go, Declares Notre Dame Professor”
Title of article in The Tablet (Brooklyn) (March 1942)”Undersecretary of State Sumner Welles tonight called for the early creation of an international organization of anti-Axis nations to control the world during the period between the armistice at the end of the present war and the setting up of a new world order on a permanent basis.”
Text of article in The Philadelphia Inquirer (1942)
“The statement went on to say that the spiritual teachings of religion must become the foundation for the new world order and that national sovereignty must be subordinate to the higher moral law of God.”

American Institute of Judaism, excerpt from article in The New York Times (December 1942)”There are some plain common-sense considerations applicable to all these attempts at world planning. They can be briefly stated: 1. To talk of blueprints for the future or building a world order is, if properly understood, suggestive, but it is also dangerous. Societies grow far more truly than they are built. A constitution for a new world order is never like a blueprint for a skyscraper.”

Norman Thomas, in his book What Is Our Destiny? (1944)”He [John Foster Dulles] stated directly to me that he had every reason to believe that the Governor [Thomas E. Dewey of New York] accepts his point of view and that he is personally convinced that this is the policy that he would promote with great vigor if elected. So it is fair to say that on the first round the Sphinx of Albany has established himself as a prima facie champion of a strong and definite new world order.”
#
Excerpt from article by Ralph W. Page in The Philadelphia Bulletin (May 1944)”Alchemy for a New World Order”
Article by Stephen John Stedman in Foreign Affairs (May/June 1995)”The United Nations, he told an audience at Harvard University, ‘has not been able–nor can it be able–to shape a new world order which events so compellingly demand.’ … The new world order that will answer economic, military, and political problems, he said, ‘urgently requires, I believe, that the United States take the leadership among all free peoples to make the underlying concepts and aspirations of national sovereignty truly meaningful through the federal approach.'” Gov. Nelson Rockefeller of New York, in an article entitled “Rockefeller Bids Free Lands Unite: Calls at Harvard for Drive to Build New World Order” —

The New York Times (February 1962)”The developing coherence of Asian regional thinking is reflected in a disposition to consider problems and loyalties in regional terms, and to evolve regional approaches to development needs and to the evolution of a new world order.” Richard Nixon, in Foreign Affairs (October 1967)”He [President Nixon] spoke of the talks as a beginning, saying nothing more about the prospects for future contacts and merely reiterating the belief he brought to China that both nations share an interest in peace and building ‘a new world order.'” Excerpt from an article in The New York Times (February 1972)”If instant world government, Charter review, and a greatly strengthened International Court do not provide the answers, what hope for progress is there? The answer will not satisfy those who seek simple solutions to complex problems, but it comes down essentially to this: The hope for the foreseeable lies, not in building up a few ambitious central institutions of universal membership and general jurisdiction as was envisaged at the end of the last war, but rather in the much more decentralized, disorderly and pragmatic process of inventing or adapting institutions of limited jurisdiction and selected membership to deal with specific problems on a case-by-case basis … In short, the ‘house of world order’ will have to be built from the bottom up rather than from the top down. It will look like a great ‘booming, buzzing confusion,’ to use William James’ famous description of reality, but an end run around national sovereignty, eroding it piece by piece, will accomplish much more than the old-fashioned frontal assault.”

Richard N. Gardner, in Foreign Affairs (April 1974)”The existing order is breaking down at a very rapid rate, and the main uncertainty is whether mankind can exert a positive role in shaping a new world order or is doomed to await collapse in a passive posture. We believe a new order will be born no later than early in the next century and that the death throes of the old and the birth pangs of the new will be a testing time for the human species.”

Richard A. Falk, in an article entitled “Toward a New World Order: Modest Methods and Drastic Visions,” in the book On the Creation of a Just World Order (1975)”My country’s history, Mr. President, tells us that it is possible to fashion unity while cherishing diversity, that common action is possible despite the variety of races, interests, and beliefs we see here in this chamber. Progress and peace and justice are attainable. So we say to all peoples and governments: Let us fashion together a new world order.”

Henry Kissinger, in address before the General Assembly of the United Nations, October 1975)”At the old Inter-American Office in the Commerce Building here in Roosevelt’s time, as Assistant Secretary of State for Latin American Affairs under President Truman, as chief whip with Adlai Stevenson and Tom Finletter at the founding of the United Nations in San Francisco, Nelson Rockefeller was in the forefront of the struggle to establish not only an American system of political and economic security but a new world order.”

Part of article in The New York Times (November 1975)”A New World Order” Title of article on commencement address at the University of Pennsylvania by Hubert H. Humphrey, printed in the Pennsylvania Gazette (June 1977)”Further global progress is now possible only through a quest for universal consensus in the movement towards a new world order.”
Mikhail Gorbachev, in an address at the United Nations (December 1988)”We believe we are creating the beginning of a new world order coming out of the collapse of the U.S.-Soviet antagonisms.”

Brent Scowcroft (August 1990), quoted in The Washington Post (May 1991)”We can see beyond the present shadows of war in the Middle East to a new world order where the strong work together to deter and stop aggression. This was precisely Franklin Roosevelt’s and Winston Churchill’s vision for peace for the post-war period.”

Richard Gephardt, in The Wall Street Journal (September 1990)”If we do not follow the dictates of our inner moral compass and stand up for human life, then his lawlessness will threaten the peace and democracy of the emerging new world order we now see, this long dreamed-of vision we’ve all worked toward for so long.”
President George Bush (January 1991)”But it became clear as time went on that in Mr. Bush’s mind the New World Order was founded on a convergence of goals and interests between the U.S. and the Soviet Union, so strong and permanent that they would work as a team through the U.N. Security Council.”

Excerpt from A. M. Rosenthal, in The New York Times (January 1991)”I would support a Presidential candidate who pledged to take the following steps: … At the end of the war in the Persian Gulf, press for a comprehensive Middle East settlement and for a ‘new world order’ based not on Pax Americana but on peace through law with a stronger U.N. and World Court.”

George McGovern, in The New York Times (February 1991)”… it’s Bush’s baby, even if he shares its popularization with Gorbachev. Forget the Hitler ‘new order’ root; F.D.R. used the phrase earlier.”
William Safire, in The New York Times (February 1991)”How I Learned to Love the New World Order”
Article by Sen. Joseph R. Biden, Jr. in The Wall Street Journal (April 1992)”How to Achieve The New World Order”
Title of book excerpt by Henry Kissinger, in Time magazine (March 1994)”The Final Act of the Uruguay Round, marking the conclusion of the most ambitious trade negotiation of our century, will give birth – in Morocco – to the World Trade Organization, the third pillar of the New World Order, along with the United Nations and the International Monetary Fund.”

Part of full-page advertisement by the government of Morocco in The New York Times (April 1994)”New World Order: The Rise of the Region-State”

Title of article by Kenichi Ohmae, political reform leader in Japan, in The Wall Street Journal (August 1994)”The new world order that is in the making must focus on the creation of a world of democracy, peace and prosperity for all.”

Nelson Mandela, in The Philadelphia Inquirer (October 1994)”The renewal of the nonproliferation treaty was described as important “for the welfare of the whole world and the new world order.”
President Hosni Mubarak of Egypt, in The New York Times (April 1995)One World Order supporters….
“Single acts of tyranny may be ascribed to the accidental opinion of a day. But a series of oppressions, begun at a distinguished period, and pursued unalterably through every change of ministers (administrations), too plainly proves a deliberate systematic plan of reducing us to slavery.”
Thomas Jefferson”…

This regionalization is in keeping with the Tri-Lateral Plan which calls for a gradual convergence of East and West, ultimately leading toward the goal of “one world government’….National sovereignty is no longer a viable concept…” Zbigniew Brzezinski, National Security Advisor to President Jimmy Carter.
“It is the sacred principles enshrined in the United Nations charter to which the American people will henceforth pledge their allegiance.”

President George Bush addressing the General Assembly of the U.N., February 1,1992.”…This program is the fixed, determined and approved policy of the government of the United States.”
Senator Joseph S. Clark speaking on the floor of the Senate, March 1, 1962, about PL 87-297 which calls for the disbanding of all armed forces and the prohibition of their re-establishment in any form whatsoever.”Let me control a peoples currency and I care not who makes their laws…”

Meyer Nathaniel Rothchild in a speech to a gathering of world bankers February 12, 1912.The following year, we subscribed to the “services” of the newly incorporated Federal Reserve, headed by Mr. Rothchild.”By the end of this decade (2000 AD) we will live under the first One World Government that has ever existed in the society of nations … a government with absolute authority to decide the basic issues of human survival. One world government is inevitable.”

Pope John Paul II quoted by Malachi Martin in the book “The Keys of This Blood””The New World Order is a world that has a supernational authority to regulate world commerce and industry; an international organization that would control the production and consumption of oil; an international currency that would replace the dollar; a World Development Fund that would make funds available to free and Communist nations alike; and an international police force to enforce the edicts of the New World Order.”

Former West German Chancellor, Willy Brandt, former chairman of the Fifth-Socialist International, who chaired the Brandt Commission in the late 1980s.”We are on the verge of a global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order.”

David Rockefeller “But this present window of opportunity, during which a truly peaceful and interdependent world order might be built, will not be open for long.

Already there are powerful forces at work that threaten to destroy all of our hopes and efforts to erect an enduring structure of global interdependence.”

David Rockefeller, speaking at the Business Council for the United Nations, September 14, 1994.”A colossal event is upon us, the birth of a New World Order.”

Brent Scowcroft, George Bush’s National Security Advisor, said on the eve of the Gulf War. “The Persian Gulf crisis is a rare opportunity to forge new bonds with old enemies (the Soviet Union)…Out of these troubled times a New World Order can emerge under a United Nations that performs as envisioned by its founders.”

President George Bush, September 11, 1990.”The world can therefore seize the opportunity (the Persian Gulf crisis) to fulfill the long held promise of a New World Order where diverse nations are drawn together in common cause to achieve the universal aspirations of mankind.”
President George Bush in his State of the Union Address, January 29, 1991.”NAFTA is a major stepping stone to the New World Order.”


Henry Kissinger when campaigning for the passage of NAFTA. “Further global progress is now possible only through a quest for universal consensus in the movement towards a new world order.”

Mikhail Gorbachev, in an address at the United Nations, December 1988.”We are not going to achieve a new world order without paying for it in blood as well as in words and money.”

Arthur Schlesinger, Jr., in “Foreign Affairs,” July/August 1995.”…In short, the ‘house of world order’ will have to be built from the bottom up rather than from the top down. It will look like a great ‘booming, buzzing confusion,’ to use William James’ famous description of reality, but an end run around national sovereignty, eroding it piece by piece, will accomplish much more than the old-fashioned frontal assault.”

Richard N. Gardner, in “Foreign Affairs,” April 1974.”… when the struggle seems to be drifting definitely towards a world social democracy, there may still be very great delays and disappointments before it becomes an efficient and beneficent world system. Countless people – will hate the new world order – and will die protesting against it. When we attempt to evaluate its promise, we have to bear in mind the distress of a generation or so of malcontents, many of them quite gallant and graceful-looking people.”

H. G. Wells, in his book entitled “The New World Order” (1939).”Our task of creating a socialist America can only succeed when those who would resist us have been totally disarmed.”

Sara Brady, Chairman, Handgun Control, to Sen. Howard Metzenbaum, The National Educator, January 1994, Page 3.”When we got organized as a country and we wrote a fairly radical Constitution with a radical Bill of Rights, giving a radical amount of individual freedom to Americans… and so a lot of people say there’s too much personal freedom. When personal freedom’s being abused, you have to move to limit it. That’s what we did in the announcement I made last weekend on the public housing projects, about how we’re going to have weapon sweeps and more things like that to try to make people safer in their communities.”

President Bill Clinton, 3-22-94, MTV’s “Enough is Enough””We can’t be so fixated on our desire to preserve the rights of ordinary Americans…”

Bill Clinton (USA TODAY, 11 March 1993, page 2A)”Whatever the price of the Chinese Revolution, it has obviously succeeded not only in producing more efficient and dedicated administration, but also in fostering high morale and community of purpose. The social experiment in China under Chairman Mao’s leadership is one of the most important and successful in human history.”

David Rockefeller, statement in 1973 about Mao Tse-tung: (NY Times 8-10-73)”You need only reflect that one of the best ways to get yourself a reputation as a dangerous citizen these days is to go about repeating the very phrases which our founding fathers used in the great struggle for independence.”

Charles Austin Beard (1874-1948)”War to the hilt between communism and capitalism is inevitable. Today, of course, we are not strong enough to attack. Our time will come in thirty or forty years. To win, we shall need the element of surprise. The Western world will need to be put to sleep. So we shall begin by launching the most spectacular peace movement on record. There shall be electrifying overtures and unheard of concessions. The capitalist countries, stupid and decadent, will rejoice to cooperate to their own destruction. They will leap at another chance to be friends. As soon as their guard is down, we shall smash them with our clenched fist.”

Dmitrii Z. Manuilskii (Lenin School of Political Warfare, Moscow, 1931)”There is no reason for anyone in this country, anyone except a police officer or a military person, to buy, to own, to have, to use a handgun….And the only way to do that is to change the Constitution.”

Michael Gartner, 1992 in USA Today”The second article of amendment to the Constitution of the United States is repealed.”

H. J. Res. 438 Introduced by Rep. Major Owens, 1992 Vice President Al Gore traveled to Marrakech, Morocco, in April for the signing of the new world trade agreement.

Gore appeared hours after U.S. planes enforcing an allied ‘no fly’ zone over northern Iraq accidentally shot down two U.S. helicopters, killing 15 Americans and 11 foreign officials. ‘I want to extend condolences,’ Gore said, ‘to the families of those who died in the service of the United Nations.'”

(Los Angeles Times, 6/12/94)”There is nothing wrong with the planet. The planet is fine . . . been here 4 1/2 billion years. We’ve been here, what, a 100,000 years, maybe 200,000. And we’ve only been engaged in heavy industry a little over 200 years. 200 years versus 4 1/2 billion. And we have the conceit to think that somehow we’re a threat? The planet isn’t going away. We are.”

George Carlin “To compel a man to furnish contributions of money for the propagation of opinions which he disbelieves and abhors is sinful and tyrannical.”

Thomas Jefferson
“The urge to save humanity is almost always a false front for the urge to rule.”

H. L. Mencken”Nuclear power must be dealt with irrationally. . . . Nuclear plants are carcinogens. Let’s get that story out. . . . Their lies will catch up to them. We need endless Chernobyl reminders.”

Ralph NaderCannibalism is a “radical but realistic solution to the problem of overpopulation.” Lyall Watson, The Financial Times, 15 July 1995″‘Protecting the Environment’ is a ruse. The goal is the political and economic subjugation of most men by the few, under the guise of preserving nature.”

J. H. Robbins”…the only hope for the world is to make sure there is not another United States: We can’t let other countries have the same number of cars, the amount of industrialization, we have in the U.S. We have to stop these Third World countries right where they are. And it is important to the rest of the world to make sure that they don’t suffer economically by virtue of our stopping them.”

Michael Oppenheimer, Environmental Defense Fund”The necessary consequence of an egalitarian program is the decidedly inegalitarian creation of a ruthless power elite.”

M. N. Rothbard Global Sustainability requires: “the deliberate quest of poverty . . . reduced resource consumption . . . and set levels of mortality control.”

Professor Maurice King”Allowing the EPA to condone continued use of a chemical whenever the benefits outweighs the risks is absolutely anathema to the environmental community.”

Janet Hathaway, Natural Resources Defense Council”The Environmentalist’s Dream is an Egalitarian Society based on: rejection of economic growth, a smaller population, eating lower on the food chain, consuming a lot less, and sharing a much lower level of resources much more equally.”

Aaron Wildavsky “A global climate treaty must be implemented even if there is no scientific evidence to back the greenhouse effect.”

Richard Benedict, State Dept. employee working on assignment from the Conservation Foundation”Giving society cheap, abundant energy . . . would be the equivalent o f giving an idiot child a machine gun.”

Paul Ehrlich, Stanford University “The secret to David McTaggart’s (early officer in Greenpeace) success is the secret to Greenpeace’s success: It doesn’t matter what is true . . . . it only matters what people believe is true . . . . You are what the media decides. A letter addressed to ‘The Sheople’ 
from ‘The Globalist New World Order”*

Document URL: http://members.iimetro.com.au/~hubbca/nwo.htm http://www.100777.com/nwo/05.htmI received this over the internet last year. It is not too late to stop them, yet, but it soon will be.

Please print this out for the majority who don’t have computers, and give it to as many people as you can.
Everyone on Earth should read this and it will never get into the papers, for the reasons stated in it, that is why everyone should make as many copies as they can and pass them on. How else will people be able to read it? If everyone does their bit we can inform the world and set the wheels of redemption in motion.

This is perhaps a good analogy for what we are describing. However, what we are describing is so
much more powerful, pervasive and well established than anything that you could offer in the world as a good example.

Humanity has lived in isolation for a long time. Perhaps it is believed that such an Intervention cannot possibly
take place and that each person has proprietary rights over his or her own consciousness and mind.
But these are only assumptions. Yet we have been told that the wise in your world have learned to overcome these
assumptions and have gained the strength to establish their own mental environment.

We fear that our words may be too late and have too little impact and that the one we chose to receive us has too little assistance and support to make this information available.

He will encounter disbelief and ridicule, for he will not be believed, and what he will speak of will contradict what many assume to be true. Those who have fallen under alien persuasion, they in particular will oppose him, for they have no choice in the matter.

Into this grave situation the Creator of all life has sent a preparation, a teaching of spiritual ability and
discernment, power and accomplishment. We are students of such a teaching, as are many throughout the universe.
This teaching is a form of Divine intervention. It does not belong to any one world. It is not the property of
any one race. It is not centered around any hero or heroine, any one individual. Such a preparation is now
available. It will be needed. From our perspective, it is the only thing currently that can give humanity an
opportunity to become wise and discerning regarding your new life in the Greater Community.

As has occurred in your world in your own history, the first to reach the new lands are the explorers and the conquerors. They do not come for altruistic reasons.

They come seeking power, resources and dominion.
This is the nature of life. If humanity were well versed in Greater Community affairs, you would resist any
visitation to your world unless a mutual agreement had been established previously. You would know enough not to allow your world to be so vulnerable.

At this time, there is more than one collective competing for advantage here. That places humanity in the
middle of a very unusual and yet enlightening set of circumstances. That is why the messages of the visitors will often seem inconsistent. There has been conflict amongst them, yet they will negotiate with each other should mutual benefit be recognized. However, they are still in competition. To them, this is the frontier.
To them, you are only valued as being useful. If you are no longer recognized as being useful, you will simply be discarded.

Here there is a great challenge for the people of your world and particularly for those who are in positions of power and responsibility to recognize the difference between a spiritual presence and a visitation from the Greater Community. Yet how can you have the framework to make this distinction? Where can you learn such things?
Who in your world is in the position to teach about the reality of the Greater Community? Only a teaching from beyond the world can prepare you for life beyond the world, and life beyond the world is now in your world, seeking to establish itself here, seeking to extend its influence, seeking to win the minds and hearts and souls of people everywhere. It is so simple. And yet so devastating.

Therefore, our task in these messages is to bring a great warning, but the warning is not enough.
There must be a recognition amongst your people. At least amongst enough people here, there must be an
understanding of the reality that you are now facing. This is the greatest event in human history—the greatest threat to human freedom and the greatest opportunity for human unity and cooperation.

We recognize these great advantages and possibilities, but with each passing day their promise fades—as more and more people are captured and their awareness is re-cultivated and reconstituted, as more and more people learn of the spiritual teachings that are being promoted by the visitors and as more and more people become more acquiescent and less able to discern.

We have come at the request of the Unseen Ones to serve in this capacity as observers. Should we be successful,
we will remain in the proximity of your world only long enough to continue to give you this information.
Beyond that, we will return to our own homes. Should we fail and should the tide turn against humanity and should
the great darkness come over the world, the darkness of domination, then we will have to depart, our mission
unfulfilled. Either way, we cannot stay with you, though should you show promise we shall stay until you are
safeguarded, until you can provide for yourselves. Included in this is the requirement that you be
self-sufficient. Should you become reliant upon trade with other races, this creates a very great risk of
manipulation from beyond, for humanity is not yet strong enough to resist the power in the mental environment that can be exerted here and is being exerted here now.

Our arrival here has been thwarted by several factors, not the least of which is a lack of readiness of those
whom we must reach directly. Our speaker, the author of this book, is the only one with whom we have been able to establish a firm contact, so we must give our speaker the fundamental information.

From the perspective of your visitors, as we have learned, the United States is considered the world leader, and so the greatest amount of emphasis will be placed here.

But other major nations as well will be contacted, for they are recognized to hold power, and power is understood by the visitors, for they follow the dictates of power without question and to a much greater degree than is even apparent in your world.

Attempts will be made to persuade the leaders of the strongest nations to become receptive to the presence of the visitors and to receive gifts and inducements for cooperation with the promise of mutual benefit, and even the promise of world dominion to some.

There will be those in the corridors of power in the world who will respond to these inducements, for they will think that there is a great opportunity here to take humanity beyond the specter of nuclear war into a new community upon the Earth, a community which they will lead for their own purposes.

CABAL click link please!

Yet these leaders are deceived, for they will not be given the keys to this realm.
They will simply be the arbiters in the transition of power.

This you must understand. It is not so complex. From our perspective and vantage point, it is obvious.
We have seen this occur elsewhere. It is one of the ways that established organizations of races who have
their own collectives recruit emerging worlds such as yours.

They believe firmly that their agenda is virtuous and for the betterment of your world, for humanity is not highly respected, and though you are virtuous in certain ways, your liabilities far outweigh your potential, from their perspective.

We do not hold this view or we would not be in the position that we are in, and we would not be offering our services to you as the Allies of Humanity.

Therefore, there is a great difficulty now in discernment, a great challenge. The challenge is for humanity
to understand who its allies really are and to be able to distinguish them from its potential adversaries.
There are no neutral parties in this matter. The world is far too valuable, its resources recognized as being
unique and of considerable worth. There are no neutral parties who are involved in human affairs.
The true nature of the alien Intervention is to exert influence and control and eventually to establish
dominion here.

We are not the visitors. We are observers. We claim no rights to your world, and we have no agenda to establish ourselves here. For this reason, our names are hidden, for we do not pursue relations with you beyond our ability to provide our counsel in this way.

We cannot control the outcome. We can only advise you as to the choices and decisions that your people must make in light of these greater events.

Humanity has great promise and has cultivated a rich spiritual heritage, but it is without education regarding
the Greater Community into which it is emerging. Humanity is divided and contentious within itself, thus making it vulnerable to manipulation and to intrusion from beyond your borders.

Your peoples are preoccupied with the concerns of the day, but the reality of tomorrow is not recognized. What profit could you possibly gain by ignoring the greater movement of the world and by assuming that the Intervention that is occurring today is for your benefit? Surely there is not one amongst you who could say this if you but saw the reality of the situation.

In a way, it is a matter of perspective. We can see and you cannot, for you have not the vantage point.
You would have to be beyond your world, outside the sphere of your world’s influence, to see what we are seeing.
And yet, to see what we see, we must remain hidden because if we were discovered, we would surely perish.
For your visitors consider their mission here to be of the utmost value, and they consider the Earth to be
their greatest prospect among several others. They will not stop because of us. So it is your own freedom that
you must value and that you must defend. We cannot do this for you.

Every world, if it seeks to establish its own unity, freedom and self-determination in the Greater Community, must establish this freedom and defend it if necessary. Otherwise, domination will certainly occur and will be complete.

Why do your visitors want your world? It is so very obvious. It is not you they are interested in particularly.
It is the biological resources of your world. It is the strategic position of this solar system.

You are useful
to them only insofar as these things are valued and can be utilized. They will offer what you want and they will
speak what you want to hear. They will offer inducements, and they will use your religions and your religious
ideals to foster confidence and trust that they, more than you, understand the needs of your world and will be
able to serve these needs to bring about a greater equanimity here. Because humanity seems incapable of
establishing unity and order, many people will open their minds and their hearts to those whom they believe will have the greater possibility for doing so.

If you think of these things, perhaps you will see corollaries in your own world. The Unseen Ones have told us a great deal regarding your spiritual development and its great promise, but they have also counseled us that your spiritual predispositions and ideals are being greatly manipulated at this time.

There are entire teachings being introduced into the world now that teach human acquiescence and the suspension of critical abilities and value only that which is pleasurable and comfortable.

These teachings are given to disable people’s ability to access Knowledge within themselves until people reach a point where they feel they are completely dependent upon greater forces that they cannot identify.

At that point, they will follow whatever is given them to do, and even if they sense something is wrong, they will no longer have the power to resist.

We the Alies of humanity fear that our words may be too late and have too little impact and that the one we chose to receive us has too little assistance and support to make this information available.

He will encounter disbelief and ridicule, for he will not be believed, and what he will speak of will contradict what many assume
to be true. Those who have fallen under alien persuasion, they in particular will oppose him, for they have no choice in the matter.

Into this grave situation the Creator of all life has sent a preparation, a teaching of spiritual ability and
discernment, power and accomplishment. We are students of such a teaching, as are many throughout the universe.
This teaching is a form of Divine intervention. It does not belong to any one world. It is not the property of any one race. It is not centered around any hero or heroine, any one individual. Such a preparation is now available. It will be needed.

From our perspective, it is the only thing currently that can give humanity an
opportunity to become wise and discerning regarding your new life in the Greater Community.

As has occurred in your world in your own history, the first to reach the new lands are the explorers and the
conquerors. They do not come for altruistic reasons. They come seeking power, resources and dominion.
This is the nature of life. If humanity were well versed in Greater Community affairs, you would resist any
visitation to your world unless a mutual agreement had been established previously. You would know enough not
to allow your world to be so vulnerable.

At this time, there is more than one collective competing for advantage here. That places humanity in the middle of a very unusual and yet enlightening set of circumstances.

That is why the messages of the visitors will often seem inconsistent. There has been conflict amongst them, yet they will negotiate with each other should mutual benefit be recognized. However, they are still in competition. To them, this is the frontier.


To them, you are only valued as being useful. If you are no longer recognized as being useful, you will simply be discarded.

Here there is a great challenge for the people of your world and particularly for those who are in positions of power and responsibility to recognize the difference between a spiritual presence and a visitation from the Greater Community.

Yet how can you have the framework to make this distinction? Where can you learn such things?
Who in your world is in the position to teach about the reality of the Greater Community?

Only a teaching from beyond the world can prepare you for life beyond the world, and life beyond the world is now in your world, seeking to establish itself here, seeking to extend its influence, seeking to win the minds and hearts and souls of people everywhere. It is so simple. And yet so devastating.

Therefore, our task in these messages is to bring a great warning, but the warning is not enough. There must be a recognition amongst your people. At least amongst enough people here, there must be an understanding of the reality that you are now facing.

This is the greatest event in human history—the greatest threat to human freedom and the greatest opportunity for human unity and cooperation. We recognize these great advantages and possibilities, but with each passing day their promise fades—as more and more people are captured and their awareness is re-cultivated and reconstituted, as more and more people learn of the spiritual teachings that are
being promoted by the visitors and as more and more people become more acquiescent and less able to discern.

We have come at the request of the Unseen Ones to serve in this capacity as observers. Should we be successful, we will remain in the proximity of your world only long enough to continue to give you this information.
Beyond that, we will return to our own homes. Should we fail and should the tide turn against humanity and should the great darkness come over the world, the darkness of domination, then we will have to depart, our mission unfulfilled. Either way, we cannot stay with you, though should you show promise we shall stay until you are safeguarded, until you can provide for yourselves. Included in this is the requirement that you be self-sufficient. Should you become reliant upon trade with other races, this creates a very great risk of manipulation from beyond, for humanity is not yet strong enough to resist the power in the mental environment that can be exerted here and is being exerted here now.

JFK the last really democratic elected president of the US

Start of the end of the US.

What is going on;

The darkest aspect of the Universe (aka: Satanic influence) has entered our reality here on Earth and has been “running the show” for some time now (since the last precession cycle?) from WITHIN each end every individual who finds themselves focusing on CHAOTIC CONTROL and destruction of others through fear. “Ordo Ab Chaos”. (Illuminati/Masonic phrase)

Whether it be for the death of free will or the death of the body, this dark THOUGHT-FORM comes from the same inner place called “fear”. It has infested every aspect of our way of life on earth and even the life of OTHER-WORLDLY beings as well. It is a virus in the ’program’, a ’Cancer’ if you will and DOES NOT represent the RACE, CULTURE or PHYSICAL BODIES of those who have become infected! Humanity is a hybrid ET race – compare their natural behaviour’s with that of natural animals of Earth.

Who’s behaving more like a CANCER? The animals? Or the Humans who live in FEAR killing their own kind needlessly? The “NWO” is very real and has dark, sinister plots which go back as far as the ancient world and BEYOND to the stars and other dimensions where it began. It’s key power is use of fear, unfortunately or sadly How can this be so?

Did you know/realize that almost every single “elected” government official …is a Freemason or “Skull and Bones” member?

Don’t you find that just a little strange? Coincidence?

Do you know that MOST of the elected US presidents are related to TWO single ancient “Royal” bloodlines? Meaning that they might seem to have different last names, but EVERY SINGLE TIME it’s the person with the MOST ROYAL GENES who gets elected! Heaty disputed without any proper research.

Elections are a scams. It is not actually possible to vote out secret society members which we should and listed accordingly, it would be ’illegal’ to do so. They are lying to us and we just sit back and eat it up as we watch the TV pumping our minds with a FAKE reality.

To be a real member you have to have a certain strand of DNA in your body, the SAME strand (which connects all the way back to the ancient world) which ensures your position of power over the rest of Humanity. Why? Only chosen bloodlines get this privilege. Which ones, you ask? The ones which have the “Reptilian” DNA encoding/mind set. They are negative in emotions and rely heavily on scaremongering selecting occurring natural cycles. Time the so-called Millennium bug scare, behind the bank crash, pandemics, swine-flue, covid 19, climate change by greatly distortion facts/figures and cashing. Control not only the media, but the digital world/presentations for that purpose. Big Tech media/WEF/NWO.

Grave robbing is not the least of Skull & Bones’ crimes. Many may find it interesting that initiates also drink wine/blood from a human skull. George W. Bush claims to be a born-again Christian, while John Kerry claims to be Roman Catholic, yet they will not answer any questions of their affiliation with this Order.

Bush’s conversion came years after his senior year at Yale (i.e. while he was living in Midland, Texas in the mid 1980s). If his conversion is true, then why won’t he publicly sever his ties with Skull & Bones? Instead, he gets nervous and annoyed when questioned about it.

The American people (and in fact the whole world is affected by this secret society THROUGH the right arm of the USA) have a right to know why this college fraternity is so secret that both candidates for the U.S. presidency refuse to speak of it.


Most importantly, does the oath to Skull & Bones supersede all previous and future oaths (as is common in occult organizations) such as the presidential oath of office? I think it would matter to most Americans if Bush or Kerry placed their hands on their Skull & Bones pin (over their heart) as they take the oath as president. Which allegiance is stronger? Which comes first?

To become a highest degree Freemason (Illuminated 33rd degree of the Scottish rite lodge), you have to have FAMILY already in the lodge typically. A reference will only get you through the first three degrees (the “Blue” degrees) and then you stop or get side tracked along another path. If you are not a “family member”, then you cannot achieve the highest degrees. Than you reach a cross point and are asked if you are willing to deface a cross or other religion artefact. If you say no than you are told you made the right choice, if you do it you are told you made the right choice and promoted to 33+, and include contacts/travel with aliens.

You have to have a certain strand of DNA in your body, the SAME strand (which connects all the way back to the ancient world) which ensures your position of power over the rest of Humanity. Why? Only chosen bloodlines get this privilege. Which ones, you ask? The ones which have the “Reptilian” DNA encoding

“Dragon blood lines”, also known as the “Anunnaki” in the Sumerian texts. Believe that it is their duty on the Earth, to “manage Humanity” until the return of their gods from other star-systems or dimensions.

The main Anunnaki force left planet earth in a hurry because of the pending deluge. The secrete police and there collaborators where left behind. However the main force did never return and lost the space war. Their bloodlines go beyond Atlantis and ancient Egypt back in time to whole other worlds.

JFK

“The very word “secrecy” is repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings…


Our way of life is under attack. Those who make themselves our enemy are advancing around the globe… no war ever posed a greater threat to our security.

If you are awaiting a finding of “clear and present danger,” then I can only say that the danger has never been more clear and its presence has never been more imminent…

For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence – on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day.

It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations.

Its preparations are concealed, not published. Its mistakes are buried, not headlined. Its dissenters are silenced, not praised.

No expenditure is questioned, no rumour is printed, no secret is revealed.”
John F Kennedy

35th President of the United States

from a speech delivered to the American Newspaper Publishers Association on April 27, 1961

and known as the “Secret Society” speech – click here for full transcript and audio.

The invisible world, war in heaven!

We as humans and humanity have now to face the reality that we are not alone in the Universe or even within its own world the earth.
Into our world, at this time and transformation, it is emerging that other forces—competitors from the Universe are here.
They did not come with weapons or an armada of flying disks. They come with the power of persuasion and deception.


Their technology has been proven to be far advanced, they rely upon is their ability to influence the minds of us the humans who live on earth.
Why because in the universe with intelligent life, war, as known on earth, is actually rare.

G.I. Gurdjieff


“A considerable percentage of the people we meet on the street are people who are empty inside. no soul, no heart, not human a reptilian mind set within a human body.
He sayes it is fortunate for us that we do not see and do not know it. If we knew how many and the number of these govern our lives, go mad with horror.”

Other ways have been found and used to overcome opponents: trickery, deception, manipulation, projection and power in the mental environment (minds)—an environment, we humans do know little about, there are still members within the scientific community who believe
that life was an accident. One moment you are walking around and involving yourself than you pass and your body starts to decompose.


A mystery which most religions have tried to explain and answer with limited success. DNA contains the blueprint of our body and all physical qualities but only alive after the presences of a life-force which is non-material. With the dissolvement of the materialistic view of our earth, body and life things and views did start to change.

Despite that change, we are not more than pygmies in respect of it and very vulnerable due to lack of insight, knowledge and processes. Most of us humans are still living under what looks like normal circumstances, many things and changes been going on behind the scenes and accelerating no idea of.

Despite the fact that many humans have seen crafts flying in our skies and other countless sightings have been reported which cannot be explained, the mystery of the alien presence in our world has deliberately remained hidden, behind the scenes, out of public view.


Great effort has been taken by many in our governments up to now to discourage any inquiry, creating a veil of secrecy and ridicule any knowledge and been quite effective. Creating a taboo, in discouraging public conversation and public awareness of this great encounter and challenge to and affecting human freedom.
No government ready to or will admit to its people that it is facing an adversary for which it has no adequate response to, with the exception of China.


Decided to covert up this mystery by lies and deception. People have been deliberate encouraged to believe fantastic things about the alien presence, seeing it as a fantasy or a wonderful story from the past. Deliberately veiled in half-truths and deception, in ridicule and in fantasy, that even those
people who have recognized a foreign presence in the world are troubled reporting and able to thinking clearly about it.


It has been so confused, so muddled, so turned and so changed. there is no longer an end nor beginning.
Others encouraged by the governments and authorities to make-up and tell fantastic and wild stories, just to be able to effectively create discredit upon anyone who might seek to present anything true or real.
To attempt to block an honest conversation, a public conversation, a public debate, a public awareness.

Factual and as now excepted by the Chinese government aliens have been interfering in human affairs, manipulating human perception, promoting human conflict, acting surreptitiously behind the scenes, taking people against their will and subjecting them too often terrible experiments, turning their minds so that they will become supportive and allegiant to there interests/interbreeding.


Her I will talk about soul replacement in humans which has a high priority now as part of the invasion as ongoing now on earth because of effectivity.
It contains elements which you can use in an attempt to protect/recognize but not easy. Subdivided into 12 blogs.

Top lockdown

Operation Lockstep by Rockefeller. Conspiracy to use a pandemic to consolidate power. Covid19 (bitchute.com)

Bendavid reported “in the framework of this analysis, there is no evidence that more restrictive nonpharmaceutical interventions (‘lockdowns’) contributed substantially to bending the curve of new cases in England, France, Germany, Iran, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, or the United States in early 2020.” We’ve known this for a very long time now but governments continue to double down,
causing misery upon people with ramifications that will likely take decades or more to repair.

It is based on more Than 400 Studies on the Failure of Compulsory Covid Interventions
BY PAUL ELIAS ALEXANDER NOVEMBER 30, 2021 POLICY, PUBLIC HEALTH


The great body of evidence (comparative research studies and high-quality pieces of evidence and
reporting judged to be relevant to this analysis) shows that COVID-19 lockdowns, shelter-in-place
policies, masks, school closures, and mask mandates have failed in their purpose of curbing transmission or reducing deaths. These restrictive policies were ineffective and devastating failures, causing immense harm especially to the poorer and vulnerable within societies.

Nearly all governments have attempted compulsory measures to control the virus, but no government can claim success. The research indicates that mask mandates, lockdowns, and school closures have had no discernible impact of virus trajectories.

I quote from this very good article by novelist and essayist Paul Kingsnorth: ‘In a short but momentous
two years, we in the West, who have spent decades, if not centuries, lecturing the rest of the world
about “freedom”, and sometimes trying to bomb them into accepting it, have abandoned ours without so
much as a murmur, and begun enthusiastically scapegoating those who question this path.

We who invented this thing called “liberalism” are now burying it, and building on the bare soil some technocratic state-corporate hybrid; a China-style social credit society, centralized, monitored, powered by algorithms, emphatically unnatural and unfree.’

If the masks, social distancing, quarantines, travel bans, avoiding loved ones, self isolations, track
and trace, mass testing, lockdowns, vaccines, boosters, closed schools and businesses and vaccine passports still didn’t set us free, what will? What will ever set us free now?


The U.S. Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) is among the best adverse event data collection systems in the world, but it’s antiquated and difficult to use. Still, it’s a good way to detect safety signals that weren’t detected during premarket testing or clinical trials

  • There are unmistakable, unprecedented safety signals in VAERS for the COVID shots. While the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention claim no deaths can be attributed to the COVID jabs, it’s impossible to discount 8,986 deaths in the U.S. territories alone, reported as of November 26, 2021
  • The estimated underreporting factor for COVID jab injuries in VAERS is between 31 and 100, so the actual death toll in the U.S. could be anywhere from 278,500 to 898,600
  • There’s a strong safety signal for female reproductive issues and for heart inflammation (myocarditis) in young men and boys. VAERS data show an inverse relationship between myocarditis and age, with youths being more frequently affected than older men
  • VAERS data are being deleted without explanation. Each week, about 100 or so reports are routinely deleted, so there are now thousands of inexplicably missing reports

Jessica Rose, Ph.D., a research fellow at the Institute for Pure and Applied Knowledge in Israel, has taken a deep-dive into the U.S. Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System (VAERS), and in this interview she shares the details of what she’s finding.

VAERS, despite flaws and drawbacks, is one of the greatest tools we have to evaluate vaccine safety. It was implemented as a consequence of the 1986 National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act. While vaccine companies were given blanket immunity against liability for adverse reactions under this law, VAERS was created to collect injury reports in a centralized database so that the post-marketing safety of childhood vaccines could be monitored.

The system was actually launched in 1990, so we have three decades’ worth of data to compare trends against. Granted, vaccine injuries are notoriously underreported. Investigations have found only 10%1 to as little as 1%2,3 of injuries are reported.

When it comes to the COVID jab specifically, calculations4 by Steve Kirsch, executive director of the COVID-19 Early Treatment Fund, suggest injuries are underreported by a factor of 41. But despite that and other shortcomings, VAERS can still provide valuable information about a given vaccine.

Rose is a computational biologist with postdoc degrees in molecular biology and biochemistry. While a native Canadian, she did her postgraduate training in Israel, where she still lives. When her dream of surfing in Australia were dashed due to the COVID-19 outbreak, she decided to start writing code for statistics and graphics, and as the pandemic wore on, she applied those programming skills to the VAERS database.

NO, PEOPLE ARE NOT FILING FAKE REPORTS

A common attempt to explain away the VAERS data by so-called fact checkers is to say that it’s unreliable because anyone can file a report. This is pure hogwash. Yes, anyone can file a report, but there are penalties for filing a false report, and the filing is time-consuming and exacting. We can be quite certain there’s no over-reporting going on.

It takes on average 30 minutes to fill out a report, and the system is set up in such a way that you cannot save anything until you get to the very end. Even worse, each page will time out after an allotted period of time, forcing you to start from the beginning if you take too long to fill in the details.

“This probably frustrates enough people that they don’t start again,” Rose says. Indeed, the cumbersomeness of the website itself has often been cited as a reason for why doctors don’t report adverse events. Doctors don’t have the time to do it, and most patients don’t know they can file on their own. As noted by Rose:

“[VAERS] is probably one of the best adverse event data collection systems in the world, but it’s completely lamentable. It’s antiquated … Nonetheless … it’s a way to detect safety signals that weren’t detected during premarket testing or clinical trials.

And it is functioning that way, because there are many, many safety signals [about the COVID jabs] being thrown out by the data. For example, everyone’s heard of myocarditis … which is one of the safety signals being thrown off in VAERS. And so, we’ve learned that it happens in young people, more so in boys.”

One explanation for this gender discrepancy has to do with androgens. Testosterone has been shown to facilitate entry of the spike protein into cells by activating a specific enzyme. This could help explain why men, who have higher testosterone levels, are getting myocarditis at much higher rates than women.

MOST LETHAL ‘VACCINES’ IN MEDICAL HISTORY

Rose continues:

“I implore everybody to do this … [VAERS] is very accessible. Just go to their website and download the CSV files. You can play with it in Excel, or use whatever is compatible with the CSV file. The OpenVAERS system is even easier to use.

There are three separate files that you can download for the domestic data set, which includes the individual’s data, the symptoms or adverse events that they reported (and it can be up to 15 different types), and the injection data …

You can merge them so that, as per [each] VAERS ID, you have a lot more information … That’s what I did. All you have to do is count the number of adverse events that have occurred in 2021. In the context of the COVID-19 products, exclude all the other vaccines to isolate the signal, and compare the number of adverse events to the total number of adverse events reported in every single year going back 30 years.

There’s absolutely zero comparison. The average number of adverse event reports for the past 10 years is ~39,000, and that includes the adverse event report data for all of the vaccines combined. There are a lot of them …

So we’re looking at about 39,000 total adverse events per year [on average for all vaccines], as opposed to 675,942 [adverse events post COVID jab] in the domestic dataset alone [Editor’s note: Please note that all data are as of the day of the interview and have not been updated prior to publication]. And this does not include the underreporting factor …

We see the same trend when we isolate standalone adverse events like death. There are over 10,000 [post COVID jab] deaths reported now in the domestic dataset alone, not including the underreporting factor, and in the previous 10 years, the average was 155 deaths for the entire year for all the products combined. This is over 6,000% increase in reporting for deaths.

So, the question I’ve been posing to the FDA, the CDC and whoever wants to listen to me is, ‘What’s the cut-off number?’ Because you kind of think of death as being the worst outcome in terms of adverse events in the context of a vaccine or a biological product.

I think there are worse things than death personally. But most people think death is pretty bad. So that’s why I always talk about death in this context. What’s the cut-off number here? How many people have to die in order for these products to be deemed unsafe? So that’s basically all you have to do in VAERS. I mean, you can stop there. You don’t have to look at anything else. But there’s so much more.”

CAN CAUSATION BE ESTABLISHED?

While the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention outrageously deny that a single death can be attributed to the COVID jabs, it’s simply impossible to discount 19,532 deaths5 (8,986 in the U.S. territories alone6) reported as of November 26, 2021. As noted by Rose:

“It’s not even statistically plausible to say that not one death out of 10,000 was caused [by the shot]. It’s not scientific to say that … Those people, not 100% of them would have died anyway? That’s not how life works.”

The FDA and CDC are also ignoring standard data analyses that can shed light on causation. It’s known as the Bradford Hill criteria — a set of 10 criteria that need to be satisfied in order to show strong evidence of causal relationship. One of the most important of these criteria is temporality, because one thing has to come before the other, and the shorter the duration between two events, the higher the likelihood of a causative effect.

“So, when you’re talking about percentages of people who died within 24 hours of one of these jabs, let’s say you’re talking 50%,” Rose says. “That’s kind of suspicious to me. [Yet] they completely deny the causal effect. It’s just because of coincidence?”

There’s also a strong safety signal for female reproductive issues. Preliminary post-marketing data showed women who got the jab in the first 20 weeks of pregnancy had a miscarriage rate of 82%.7,8 Pfizer’s own data, which Rose analyzed, showed a miscarriage rate of 69% when given during the first 20 weeks. Yet no one is warning pregnant women away from these injections: Quite the contrary — women are being universally lied to.

HOW TO ASSESS UNDERREPORTING

As mentioned, Kirsch has calculated an underreporting factor for post COVID jab events of 41, which is likely quite conservative. Rose’s calculation is even more conservative than that. She explains:

“Steve [Kirsch] and I are good friends. We’ve been working very closely on all of this stuff for a long time. His underreporting factor is 41. He estimated that based on a peer-reviewed publication that estimated anaphylaxis numbers, so he used anaphylaxis as a proxy for death.

What that means is that when you hear us say these numbers, you have to multiply them by 41, if you want to go with Steve’s estimate, or 31, in the case of mine. Mine is the most conservative estimate. I took Pfizer’s Phase 3 clinical trial data that they presented to the FDA.

There were over 18,000 participants in the drug group and the placebo groups, and there were a certain percentage of individuals in each arm that succumbed to a severe adverse event, which includes death, hospitalization, visit to the ER, a life threatening adverse event, disability or birth defect.

So, 0.7% of people in the drug arm succumbed to a severe adverse event according to their data. I used that rate, and multiplied it by the number of people who had been injected with one shot of Pfizer on a certain date, August 10, and that number becomes your expected number of people that would succumb to a severe adverse event based on their data.

So, you take that number and divide it by the number of reports of severe adverse events, and you get a multiplication factor, an underreporting factor. When you use that base dataset, the Pfizer Phase 3 clinical trial data, you get 31. Ronald Kostoff has also published a paper in Toxicology Reports, and his estimate is 100, I believe.

So, whenever you’re talking about the underreporting factor, I think you should talk about it in terms of a range, because each adverse event is going to have their own [underreporting factor] …

I think if people actually knew the reality of what was going on, they would decide very quickly, right now, never to go near these things. This isn’t hearsay. It’s not conjecture. The clinical trials are garbage, and there’s no safety data. I’m not just saying this — it’s very reflective in all of these adverse event data collection systems all over the world.

They’re all saying the same thing, the Yellow Card [system in the U.K.], the U.S. [VAERS], Australia’s [system9]. They’re all saying the same thing. As an example, myocarditis and young boys. You know, it’s not something that you can ignore. There’s a reason why this is happening. It’s because the [shots] are not safe.”

WHAT ARE VAERS IDS AND WHY ARE THEY MISSING?

VAERS IDs are the numbers assigned to individual report entries. Aside from underreporting, another oddity that strongly suggests the data are worse than we think is that VAERS IDs are going missing. In other words, case reports are being deleted from the system after they’ve been put in. Rose investigated this after seeing videos saying hundreds, perhaps thousands, of people had their reports deleted.

So, she set out to either confirm or deny whether reports were going missing each week, as data sets are updated weekly. She’s been downloading all the data sets since January 2021, which put her in the unique position of being able to compare the different sets, because when the data set is updated, the old data is overwritten.

They went through this horrifying experience, which no human should be going through, and then they got disappeared. I don’t even know what the word for that is. It’s appalling. ~ Jessica Rose

Now, there are valid reasons for deleting a VAERS ID. One reason would be if both the doctor and the patient file a report. The two reports then need to be combined, and the ID number of one of the duplicated reports is erased. However, what Rose found is that reports are indeed being deleted that shouldn’t be. She explains:

“The way I was determining if entries, if their IDs, were disappearing was by finding out which VAERS IDs didn’t show up in the next update, because you would assume that every single ID that got into the system would stay in the system. And so, the next update would have that data set and a little more, but that’s not how it works.

There are removals every single week, and they’re not explained. There’s no explanation for these. So, the first thing I did when I found this — and it was over 1,000 [missing IDs] — was to check if a high proportion of these deleted reports were deaths. It wasn’t anything overly suspicious, something like 18%.

Then I checked severe adverse events, then I checked children, because this is a big one that’s happening now. A lot of babies are going missing in VAERS, and they shouldn’t be there [since the COVID shots aren’t being given to babies yet], which is probably why they’re being removed.

So, there wasn’t anything overtly suspicious about the nature of the [missing] IDs. But that’s not even the point. These are people who trusted in these products, and listened to people who are telling them they are safe and effective. They were healthy. They went out and got the shots.

Some of them suffered an adverse event, some of them died. These reports got filed to VAERS, and then they got removed. That’s atrocious. I’m not speculating here, either. This is what is happening. They went through this horrifying experience, which no human should be going through, and then they got disappeared. I don’t even know what the word for that is. It’s appalling.”

DATA ON CHILDREN ARE BEING DELETED

Rose has also delved into the VAERS data for children. Disturbingly, there are apparently thousands, likely tens of thousands of instances if you factor in underreporting, where the jabs have been given to children that were too young to receive the shot at the time they got it.

At the time she looked into this, there were approximately 5,570 reports with a metric code indicating that the product was given to a patient of inappropriate age. In fact, it was the most frequently occurring adverse event type among young children.

“So, there were so-called medical professionals injecting children without confirming their age,” she says, “and then those children suffered adverse reactions in the thousands. And this doesn’t include the underreporting factor. Some of them died. In the 5- to-11 age group, two of them died. One was 11, one was 13, and the timeframe between the death and the injection in one of the kids was five days, in the other it was one day.

So, this was in close temporal proximity. The part that’s even more disturbing than that is that … something like 60 children had died between the ages of zero and 18, and 38% of those children were under 2. [The next week] that percentage went down to 30%. I’m like, wait now, that was late last week. What happened to them?

There are these enormous inconsistencies in the data. Here’s another one. I have about 100 different files that contain algorithms that run code for specific things, like I have a kid’s file, a cancer file, a prion disease file. So, I run them all with the updated data.

Myocarditis is one of them. And there was this big chunk of data for the 50- to 75-year-olds pertaining to myocarditis reports last week, and this week, it’s one-half. It’s staggeringly obvious that something’s very different in the data. The absolute number of reports went up, but it seems to have shifted somehow.

There could be a plausible explanation. But the fact is there’s no reference at all as to how this data is being shifted around. There’s no record. So, we as the public, have no idea what’s actually going on. All we can say with absolute certainty is that something is going on.”

MYOCARDITIS REPORT PULLED FROM PUBLICATION

Together with Dr. Peter McCullough, Rose recently wrote and submitted a paper10 on myocarditis cases in VAERS following the COVID jabs to the journal Current Problems in Cardiology. Everything was set for publication when, suddenly, the journal changed its mind and took it down. You can find the pre-proof on Rose’s website. The data clearly show that myocarditis is inversely correlated to age, so the risk gets higher the younger you are.

“Most of the reporting in VAERS was in young boys, aged 15. There was a sixfold difference in reporting following dose one and two, which indicates dose response and/or causal effect. The rate for myocarditis in 12- to 15-year-olds is 19 times above background reporting for the United States, so there’s a lot of stuff in that paper that was really important,” Rose says.

“There are many other papers coming out now that are 100% supporting what we found. It’s not debatable. They [pulled] this paper five days before that FDA meeting for the 5- to 11-year-olds, and I don’t think that was a coincidence, because it would have informed people as to the potential risk of myocarditis in young people. So, of course, they don’t want that, because they already bought 30 million doses for the 5- to 11-year-olds.”

LATENT INFECTIONS REACTIVATED

Another common side effect of the jabs is the reactivation of latent infections such as herpes infections and shingles. Rose explains:

“There are a bunch of papers that have come out that lend some ideas as to why this is happening,” Rose says. “One makes the claim that CD8+ T cell populations are becoming compromised. In the acquired branch of the immune system, you have immune cell populations called CD4+ T cells and CD8+ T cells.

Everyone’s heard of HIV/AIDS. So, the idea there is that you have a virus that preferentially infects CD4+ T cells, which are the generals of the immune system. They kind of coordinate all the other cells to do their jobs. If you have a depletion in this type of cell, then the rest of the immune system kind of collapses, because they don’t have their general telling them what to do.

The CD8+ T cells are the killer cells. These cells are in charge of killing virally infected cells, so they’re very important in the context of a viral infection. One of these studies showed that in people post injection, the gene profiles were very different for CD positive T cells.

If we’re talking about going beyond immune dysregulation, if we’re talking about immune dysfunction, if we’re talking about certain immune cells being depleted, that could be a possible reason why you’re seeing a reemergence of a latent viral species, possibly. We’re also seeing cancer resurgences.

Another paper that came out shows that there might be problems in the realm of double-stranded DNA repair. There are two enzymes (BRCA and 53BP1) that have been reported to be impaired that are very important in repairing double stranded DNA breaks, and if you have an impairment of essential proteins that are meant to repair double stranded DNA breaks, you have serious problems.

One of those problems is proliferation of cells. So, whenever you get a certain type of exposure to a virus, say a cold or a flu virus, and it gets the better of you so your acquired immune system kicks in, you get these swollen glands. That is actual populations of T cells proliferating.

If you have stunted proliferative capacities, or if you have an impairment of that process, you don’t have an immune system if it happens in T cell and B cell populations …

So, in addition to the hyperinflammation that the spike protein seems to be inducing all over the body, there’s this immune function impairment. That’s really scary to me. [It’s something] we need to investigate and absolutely another reason why these rollouts should stop right now.”

MORE INFORMATION

To learn more, be sure to peruse Rose’s website, Jessica’s World. There, you’ll find links to videos in which she summarizes her various findings, and a weekly graphic update of the latest VAERS data for death, female reproductive issues, breakthrough COVID infections, cardiovascular events and immunological events.

Another excellent resource is OpenVAERS, which summarizes the most pertinent VAERS data for you on a weekly basis. If you click on the COVID Vaccine Adverse Event Reports, there’s a sliding bar at the top of the page where you can select to view data either for the U.S. territories only, or all VAERS reports, which includes international reports.Edit”Enemies of humanity”

Proudly powered by WordPress | Theme Zillah by ThemeIsle

World’s top climate scientists told to ‘cover up’ the fact that the Earth’s temperature hasn’t risen for the last 15 years

  • Leaked United Nations report reveals the world’s temperature hasn’t risen for the last 15 years
  • Politicians have raised concerns about the final draft
  • Fears that the findings will encourage deniers of man-made climate change

By TAMARA COHEN, POLITICAL CORRESPONDENT

PUBLISHED: 20:40, 19 September 2013 | UPDATED: 07:47, 20 September 2013

View comments

Scientists working on the most authoritative study on climate change were urged to cover up the fact that the world’s temperature hasn’t risen for the last 15 years, it is claimed.

A leaked copy of a United Nations report, compiled by hundreds of scientists, shows politicians in Belgium, Germany, Hungary and the United States raised concerns about the final draft.

Published next week, it is expected to address the fact that 1998 was the hottest year on record and world temperatures have not yet exceeded it, which scientists have so far struggled to explain.

The report is the result of six years’ work by UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), which is seen as the world authority on the extent of climate change and what is causing it – on which governments including Britain’s base their green policies.

Concerns: Scientists have been urged to cover up the fact that the Earth's temperature hasn't risen for the last 15 years amid fears it would provide ammunition for deniers of man-made climate change

Concerns: Scientists have been urged to cover up the fact that the Earth’s temperature hasn’t risen for the last 15 years amid fears it would provide ammunition for deniers of man-made climate change

But leaked documents seen by the Associated Press, yesterday revealed deep concerns among politicians about a lack of global warming over the past few years.

Germany called for the references to the slowdown in warming to be deleted, saying looking at a time span of just 10 or 15 years was ‘misleading’ and they should focus on decades or centuries.

The UN's Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change has changed its tune after issuing stern warnings about climate change for years

The UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change has changed its tune after issuing stern warnings about climate change for years

Hungary worried the report would provide ammunition for deniers of man-made climate change.

Belgium objected to using 1998 as a starting year for statistics, as it was exceptionally warm and makes the graph look flat – and suggested using 1999 or 2000 instead to give a more upward-pointing curve.

TRENDING

Just Stop Oil activist is punched to floor and kicked on the ground

659 viewing nowRevealed: The Coutts dossier on Nigel Farage in full12.5k viewing nowRICHARD EDEN: surely we STAND to greet our future Queen!9.6k viewing now

The United States delegation even weighed in, urging the authors of the report to explain away the lack of warming using the ‘leading hypothesis’ among scientists that the lower warming is down to more heat being absorbed by the ocean – which has got hotter.

The last IPCC ‘assessment report’ was published in 2007 and has been the subject of huge controversy after it had to correct the embarrassing claim that the Himalayas would melt by 2035.

It was then engulfed in the ‘Climategate’ scandal surrounding leaked emails allegedly showing scientists involved in it trying to manipulate their data to make it look more convincing – although several inquiries found no wrongdoing.

The latest report, which runs to 2,000 pages, will be shown to representatives from all 195 governments next week at a meeting in Stockholm, who can discuss alterations they want to make.

But since it was issued to governments in June, they have raised hundreds of objections about the 20-page summary for policymakers, which sums up the findings of the scientists.

What it says will inform renewable energy policies and how much consumers and businesses will pay for them.

The report is expected to say the rate of warming between 1998 and 2012 was about half of the average rate since 1951 – and put this down to natural variations such as the El Nino and La Nina ocean cycles and the cooling effects of volcanoes.

A leaked copy of a United Nations report, compiled by hundreds of scientists, shows politicians in Belgium, Germany, Hungary and the United States have raised concerns about the final draft. Above, the United Nations headquarters building in New York

A leaked copy of the United Nations report, compiled by hundreds of scientists, shows politicians in Belgium, Germany, Hungary and the United States have raised concerns about the final draft. Above, the United Nations headquarters building in New York

A German climate scientist – Stefan Rahmstorf, who reviewed the chapter on sea levels – yesterday admitted it was possible the report’s authors were feeling under pressure to address the slowdown in warming due to the ‘public debate’ around the issue.

The draft report, which is not new research but a synthesis of all the work being done by scientists around the world, is likely to be highly disputed at the three-day meeting.

It will make the case that humans are causing global warming with carbon emissions even more strongly upgrading it from ‘very likely’ in 2007 to ‘extremely likely’ it is manmade.

But scientists are under pressure to explain why the warming has not exceeded 1998 levels although the decade 2000-2010 was the hottest on record.

Alden Meyer, of the Union of Concerned Scientists based in Washington, said yesterday: ‘I think to not address it would be a problem because then you basically have the denialists saying: ‘Look the IPCC is silent on this issue.’

Jonathan Lynn, a spokesman for the IPCC said yesterday: ‘This is the culmination of four years’ work by hundreds of scientists, where governments get a chance to ensure the summary for policymakers is clear and concise in a dialogue with the scientists who wrote it, and have the opportunity to raise any topics they think should be highlighted.’

humanityandearth.com

UN & NWO
Monkey Virus DNA Found in COVID-19 Shots
Cheats, liars and greed our newly elected Saints.
Dissident control in China being copied by the WEST?
Globalist fantasies?

Underwater base located in Antarctica!

Pentagon UFO whistleblower.

Globalist fantasies?

Our Elite, trying to connect the dots?

‘censorship-industrial complex’

The apocalyptic fantasies of ‘climate change’ cultists

Healing frequencies

Fallen Angels

Humans are not at the top of the food chain but part of it!

matilda-macelroy.com

Planet earth is hollow at most of it’s inner part. Between inner and utter core.

The world’s gone mad!’

A conspiracy against god and man! 

Slavery, Power/Greed! 

Humans reduced to a commodity! 

Can the West still turn the tide of tyranny? 

Conspiracy and the coming witch hunt. 

Fallen Angels

Humans are not at the top of the food chain but part of it!

Pushing the fake & synthetic food agenda! – My Blog (humanityandearth.com)

Pushing the fake & synthetic food agenda!

UN and the cancel culture

Nature as the last Sanctuary

The Federal Reserve Endgame Is Not a Collapse, It’s Global Domination

New Studies Deliver Harsh Verdicts on Mask Mandates, Vaccine Mandates for U.S. Cities

Emergency powers should be used only in case of war.

Messing with vaccinations?

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! – My Blog (humanityandearth.com)

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society!

Ron Hubbard, Founder, of the Church of Scientology. Posted in UncategorizedEdit

Latest News, power grab by the central banks!

The speedy introduction of digital currency in the EU/Euro. Click here for the video/link and information.

Rules and enforcement over your money. Controlling people and always the people who want to control/push and force.

No need for any of this. Problems’ created and now solved and at the same time your protection/privacy gone. Click here for the video/link information.

The financial crunch coming

Here is the link to the video about manufacturing the great reset.

End of the liberal democracy, take over and reduction of humans into a commodity.

No end of power & greed.

IN banking to get almost instantaneous access to your account and block.

Yes but you know the governments are going to outlaw any bitcoins cryptocurrency it’ll be a big penalty if you’re caught using it so who is going to use it and who is going to accept it if there is a big penalty against using it and you know the government has to do that or either their cryptocurrency will be worthless

Reality, an Ideological problem

When you get paid most people think/believe it is their money. Think again, it is not what the banks think, it is their money and you have permission to use it for a short period. It is produced from thin air and out of nothing. But you and our children will be charged interests. After the release of Covid the private owned banks toured the governments in Europe offering cheap loans under the condition that they where allowed to call the shots/lockdowns. Lot of money created for that purpose alone. To spend it as fast as possible and repaying/interest a later worry. Called the dept. trap.


The War Waging Against Financial Freedom

Hiding numbers and information/manipulating. Click here for video!

insatiable

Power & Greed

Analysis by Dr. Joseph MercolaFact Checked

No need for it at all in our well developed countries. Only for power and greed.

Do not expect any help from established politicians. With covid came betrayal. Traditional ne wlaws where introduced for fine tuning of freedom/creativity but all is changed to by Law. Meaning changing the law and going after anybody not complying and totally different ball-game. Only possible because the people/politician at the top are part of it. NWO/WEF agenda. Whatever you, me the electorate wants and needs is thrown overboard and canceled. The official cancel culture introduced, hate laws, backward laws, restrictions, censorship, fear/terror, lockdowns just called and all at sudden.

Out of the blue, pushed/turned into law and the police /judicially activated to hunt the people who disagree per instruct and make make sure you do. It works. That all these politically appointments could be hijack is not easy done and fast but taken years/decades of interfering and planning but now a clear fact ( remarkable is the Hugh number of people within these functions are members of the Freemasons, WEF.

Grabbing control and implementing without giving the electorate their say and respect their wishes, concerns and rights. Shameless and in clear sight. New laws and formulated in such way that any critic/questions can be silenced. In addition going after them, take them into court, punishing then ,name calling like conspiracy and backed by the big media.

In the past the politician did respect the laws placed above/people protected. Now they simple make sure they have the numbers, vote it through and go after these not complying.

Rule by Law as they call it and nothing to to with democracy. Think that they are the democracy and anything’s goes. Than add salt to the wound and claim all for the greater good.

Must Love it too, no-one other than some independent and rural elected people stood their ground. We are being sold like cattle.

  • April 22, 2023

Previous

Next

A Placebo Can Work Even When You Know It's a Dummy Pill

A Placebo Can Work Even When You Know It’s a Dummy Pill

Are AI Lawyers Coming for Us? What We Need to Know

Are AI Lawyers Coming for Us? What We Need to Know

https://articles.mercola.com/themes/blogs/mercola/VideoPanel.aspx?PostID=1308788&v=20230422&CacheVideo=1

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • Finance guru Catherine Austin Fitts warns that central bank digital currencies (CBDCs) are part of a plan to end all currencies and establish a slavery system
  • CBDCs will rapidly usher in an era of taxation without representation, leading to the end of liberty
  • Fitts believes that a deliberate takedown caused Silicon Valley Bank to collapse, in an effort by a variety of players to panic the public and cause a banking run ( and than Act on it for the greater good)
  • By creating a banking run, many will take their money out of small banks and put it with the central banks that are at the root of the problem
  • Leaving the banking system isn’t the answer — finding a good local bank or credit union, and using cash.

Insatiable needs for power and greed!

WEF/Freemasons plus

Stopping for nothing. No need for it at all. Push, Push, Push?

In The Last American Vagabond video above, you can watch Agustín Carstens, general manager for the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), spell out exactly why globalists are promoting central bank digital currencies, or CBDCs, so heavily.

“[With] cash we don’t know, for example, who’s using a $100 bill today,” he says. “We don’t know who is using a 1,000-peso bill today. A key difference with the CBDC is that Central Bank will have absolute control on the rules and regulations that will determine the use of that expression of Central Bank liability and also we will have the technology to enforce that.”1

The video features an interview with finance guru Catherine Austin Fitts — publisher of The Solari Report2 — who has warned that CBDCs are part of a plan to end all currencies. If that happens, a slavery system, steeped in the ideologies of transhumanism and technocracy, will be ushered in.

“We’re watching events that are within a framework, which is very engineered and planned,” Fitts says. “At the root of what’s going on today is there is a group of people who are trying to totally centralize control of all financial transactions on the planet — 100% — using digital technology.”3

Taxation Without Representation

“It’s a very rare moment when a central bank is telling you the truth,” Fitts notes, but Carstens’ statements did just that, detailing how central banks can enforce rules centrally “because it’s no longer your money, it’s our money — and we can set the rules on how you can use ‘our’ money,” she says.4

Latest News, power grab by the central banks! – Matilda (matilda-macelroy.com)

CBDCs will rapidly usher in an era of taxation without representation, leading to the end of liberty. By granting complete control of individuals’ financial transactions to central bankers, CBDCs allow the government to maintain complete control.

Without financial transaction freedom — the ability to transact with whoever you want, for any purpose — there will be no freedom, Fitts says. This is a key reason why we need to preserve cash. Right now, there’s a war going on between decentralizers, who are trying to preserve financial transaction freedom, and centralizers, who are fighting among themselves over who will be in control of the system.

“And, of course, every effort is being made by the corporate media to turn the rest of us who are trying to fight for transaction freedom to divide and conquer. And so it can be very confusing to watch this if you don’t see the gist of the main game,” Fitts explains.5

Central Bankers Hiding Behind Health Infrastructure

Part of what’s going on behind the scenes is what Fitts refers to as the Going Direct Reset — the “wholesale plan”6 of The Great Reset, which has been packaged for “retail” sale to the masses. The Going Direct Reset is detailed by John Titus on the Solari Report,7 but it involves the massive amounts of money — $3.5 trillion over a few weeks — injected into the economy in 2020.

That money was largely used in a way to build out only certain sectors — like space, the smart grid and health infrastructure — while starving others. This is another facet of gaining control and also involves the rollout of digital passports under the guide of keeping the population healthy and safe. Fitts explains:8

“Essentially, build out the infrastructure of control. Get everybody on an electrical grid … and we see this dance between finance and health care. If the central bankers had to do all the centralizing control with money they would end up with everybody coming at them with pitchforks, and so they hide behind health.

We see this use of the health infrastructure basically to build the train tracks of control. So, for the central banks, for example, to do CBDC they need a digital ID. Well, you get that because you’re trying to make everybody safe, right? … So we’ve had this dance during the Going Direct Reset of using health to justify more central control.”

Download this Article Before it Disappears

Download PDF

Was the SVB Banking Collapse Deliberate?

During the pandemic, you had the Fed pumping a massive amount of money into the economy, while one-third to half of U.S. small businesses were shut down in the name of public health.9 This wreaked havoc with people’s loan portfolios, but what caused Silicon Valley Bank (SVB), the 16th largest in the U.S.,10 to collapse?

“At Silicon Valley Bank (SVB),” Fitts says, “you have the biotech and life sciences and the tech IPO pipeline that literally sort of explodes in the bubble, and then when the bubble’s over it kind of shuts down.”

That was one aspect. Meanwhile, Fitts says, 49% of the small businesses in San Francisco shut down, “so if you’re SVB loaning to just small businesses in the Silicon Valley area … that could be as much as half your loan portfolio.”11 However, ultimately Fitts believes the collapse was a deliberate takedown — not the result of a traditional bank run:12

“We had a takedown at SVB. There’s a game going on and … what it turned into was an effort by a variety of players to panic everyone into believing … that this was going to turn into a wider contagion run.

Now if you do look at the numbers on the banking system, if interest rates continue to stay high for a long period of time and a lot of banks have to run a negative arbitrage, that’s a problem … so you’re going to have banks that get into trouble and end up going out of business in that situation … but it’s not necessarily true that interest rates are going to stay up … we don’t know.”

Creating Financial Panic Drives Business to the Criminals

The panic created over instability in the banking system may also be part of the plan. By creating a banking run, many will take their money out of small banks and put it with the central banks that are at the root of the problem:13

“To get complete control, you’ve got to kill the small guys. You’ve got to kill the small farms. You’ve got to kill the small businesses and you’ve got to kill the small banks.

So, we use the health care game to shut down the small businesses and the farms — not because they’re less productive but because the guys running the game could pick up huge market share and make a fortune stealing their businesses and picking up their asses cheap …

You pump money into your pals and then you shut down your enemies, and then your pals can go pick your enemies up for cheap … so we shut down the small farms and small business … and now we’re ready to shut down the small banks.

Now, if you’re the top guys and you want to play this game, who better to shut down the small banks than panic on all the small bank depositors and scaring them and getting them to walk their deposits across the street to the criminals? … What they’re trying to do is get all their neighbors’ cattle to stampede into their corral.”

If the globalists take over, which is all but guaranteed if they control the financial system with CBDCs, they can institute worldwide slavery. But unlike in the past, technology now exists to keep track of people’s every move and control their ability to live in the modern world if they don’t obey. Fitts says:14

“The greatest most profitable business in the history of the world is slavery, more than mining, more than anything else. Slavery. That’s what this is about. Digital technology solves all the bad problems they had with slavery the last time. All those problems you can now solve with digital technology.

You can perfect your collateral — if I can implant a chip in you … then I can collateralize you. I can perfect my collateral as a banker and now we’re off to the races. I can build a slavery system and with robotics, AI and automation, I can manage it.”

How to Find a Good Local Bank

Fitts stresses that leaving the banking system isn’t the answer — finding a good local bank, and stashing your cash in a variety of places, is. While you’re there, let bankers know about the dangers of CBDCs. The Solari Report even has a template letter15 you can use to inform your bankers about the downsides of CBDCs. It reads, in part:

The Scam:

“It strikes me that creating a different, yet centrally controlled fiat currency that can be created from thin air and manipulated by unelected central bankers does not promote U.S. financial stability or provide citizens with consumer and investor protections — except in the sense that totalitarian governments can be financially stable through the power of taxation without representation and the ability to micromanage and regulate the spending of families and small enterprise.”

The bank or credit union you choose should not have a record of criminal behavior. Next, just as it’s a good idea to get to know the small farmers growing your food, it’s a good idea to get to know the people running your local bank.

The “No. 1 criteria is are they well managed? Are they well governed? Who owns, who manages, who’s on the board?” Fitts says. “What is the quality of the people and their experience and expertise?”16 The second criteria to look for is a steady deposit base.

“You want to look at the deposit base, you want to look at the loan base, you want to look at the investment portfolio,” according to Fitts. “And then you want to make sure that in the investment portfolio, or in their accounts, they have enough short-term investments and cash … it’s like a train. People get on and off, and you want them to have enough liquidity so they can handle the ups and downs.”

Fitts encourages everyone to get to know their community bankers and credit union executives. “If you’re concerned about your bank, go talk to your bank. If they’re doing a good job, they will answer your questions with confidence.”

How to Stop CBDCs

One of the top ways to stop CBDCs, in addition to ditching large, multinational banks in favor of trustworthy local banks or credit unions, is to use cash as much as possible, and not frequent shops that don’t accept it.17

You want to have your cash spread out, starting with keeping cash on hand in your home, ideally in a fireproof safe. Then you can expand to a safe deposit box at a bank, a small, local bank or investing in silver and gold coins. Meanwhile, talk to the people in your local community about why you’re using cash.

“Start using cash, and as you use cash talk to the small businesses that you frequent — small restaurants, small farms — and talk to them about how we can work together as customer and business to improve our endurance and resiliency and well-being,” Fitts says.18

Helping to build out your local food sources is also part of the solution, since having access to healthy food is critical to maintaining health and autonomy. “Anything you can do to build out the local food markets so that we can’t get cornered and be dependent on our enemy for food, it’s going to make a big difference to freedom,” she explains.19

There’s still time to defeat the globalists and maintain life as we know it. So, rather than feeling defeated, recognize that the opportunity exists to win this battle, one action and one individual at a time:20

“Understanding this can be completely overwhelming and depressing, but the thing I want to encourage everybody to understand is facing it … is the doorway that you walk through. And the grief you experience to get to the other side and realize there are real solutions. Because in the official narrative there are no real solutions, but if you face reality, there are real solutions.”

Link: Catherine Austin Fitts Interview – “SVB Was Executed”, Big Bank Consolidation & The Financial Coup (odysee.com)

Catherine Austin Fitts Interview – “SVB Was Executed”, Big Bank Consolidation & The Financial Coup (odysee.com)

Since at least the Bretton Woods conference in 1944, globalists have dreamt of establishing a single global currency. But that proved difficult,  and the U.S. dollar was turned into the world’s reserve currency instead. All this could soon change, however. The Digital Currency Monetary Authority (DCMA) recently announced that it is ready to launch a global central bank digital currency (CBDC). In this episode, we look at the DCMA and the potential for a centralized digital currency that would allow authorities to track and tax your money.

In the second half of the show, The New American‘s editor-in-chief and executive senior editor sit down with Paul to follow-up on the hottest stories we reported this week.

humanityandearth.com links:

Links

Mind Control Techniques

The fifth column, NWO & Alien agenda!

New, Health & Bible, lifestyles!

End to Green dictate by the EU, IMF, World Banks others.

Use of blackmail & distortion

Pope and climate change?

UN & NWO
Monkey Virus DNA Found in COVID-19 Shots
Cheats, liars and greed our newly elected Saints.
Dissident control in China being copied by the WEST?
Globalist fantasies?

Underwater base located in Antarctica!

Pentagon UFO whistleblower.

Globalist fantasies?

Our Elite, trying to connect the dots?

‘censorship-industrial complex’

The apocalyptic fantasies of ‘climate change’ cultists

Healing frequencies

Fallen Angels

Humans are not at the top of the food chain but part of it!

Pushing the fake & synthetic food agenda! – My Blog (humanityandearth.com)

Pushing the fake & synthetic food agenda!

UN and the cancel culture

Nature as the last Sanctuary

The Federal Reserve Endgame Is Not a Collapse, It’s Global Domination

New Studies Deliver Harsh Verdicts on Mask Mandates, Vaccine Mandates for U.S. Cities

Emergency powers should be used only in case of war.

Messing with vaccinations?

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! – My Blog (humanityandearth.com)

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society!

Ron Hubbard, Founder, of the Church of Scientology.Posted in UncategorizedEdit

De-population attempts?
The great food reset.
The physical Universe.
Antarctica and the hollow planets!
Is planet Earth hell?
Humanity & History!
Health and Ageing!
Mind control, US destruction from inside out!
Africa, Marduk’s Bluff? & Alien response & Putin.
The Biofield and low frequent EM field/waves.
Liberalism now lost?
Dulce, New Mexico, whistle-blower rapport by Thomas Edwin Castello.
Numbers 3, 7, 9,11,13, 33, 39.and the Free- Masons & illuminati.
Loosh, energy generated by all organic life forms.
Mad Science from Dr Mercola publication.
End of the Western Democracy and liberalism.

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity? 

Messing with vaccinations? 

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! 

UFO & CIA 

By Ron Hubbard, Founder.

Messing with our food? 

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Forcing the New Dystopian future.

History of the human build UFO’s

Humanity being sold like cattle, agenda 21 UN.

EU Central bank, pushing for Digital currency.

Fake Meat & Junk Food

Pushing for a nuclear war?

energy-from-space.com links:

Use of frequencies and effects on our bio energy field that surrounds our body.

A new U.S. & Alien agreement as claimed by Israeli-Scientist?

US considering admitting working with Aliens and do research on Mars.

NWO & WHO coupe, the Alien card.

Magnetic energy generator.

China and free energy Technology.

The Moray story.

Free magnetic energy generator.

Class war & covid. 

Global tax scam. 

Owners of the empire. 

Tesla and wireless electricity. 

Healing and Channeling device. 

Big companies who brought us Toxins, food and climate changes. 

Biofuels & food. 

Nature and unification. 

The climate debate!

Finite Element Model for Atmospheric IR-Absorption Joseph Reynen. (CO2)

“There is class war, right, but it is my class, the class of the rich, that is waging war.

Free energy and T. E. Bearden, Ph.D

Scientology, Matilde Macelroy and the CIA.

The Babylon working rituals but forgot to close the door.

Please click on the link above for the video and information.

n Hubbard Babylon experiment!

Secret organizations operating without any scrutiny and using oats.

Going to be resurrected?

The Kennedy Brothers were going to expose, the Luminati, Globalists, Luciferians, Freemasons, and the Old Money Family’s like the Vanguard’s, Rockefellers and there are other’s plus you have people in the Corporate world, the Kennedy Brothers were going to dismantle the CIA, and clean up the FBI, and expose all the secret societies and this is why they were assassinated, and also John Kennedy’s Son and his wife was also assassinated they were not taking any chances

Human programming or gateway process.

Alien Intervention:

Collectivists who are multi-racial, hierarchical and very well organized. Their worker classes are bred for specific purposes, and they are involved in collective breeding, which is a practice not all advanced races are engaged in.

The Collectives seek a more permanent residence in our world/planet. They seek it as a world that
either they or their clients could own and govern from afar, with human assistance.

Participants on their behalves: Freemasons 33plus

Cabal/WEF/NWO

WEF Members

Deep State.

That is why such great care has been taken to study human psychology, human physiology and your reproductive process, as well as the biological hazards that exist on Earth.

That is one of the reasons that plant samples have been taken and the world has been observed for such a very long time. It is not the first time it did happen in our part of the Universe. And they are good at it.

It is perhaps surprising for you to realize that an advanced technological race would have difficulty adapting to your world, believing that their science and medical technology would have overcome the difficulties involved here. Link to Dulce complex.

Why because these difficulties have proven to be that great that there is no race who has evolved in sterile or near sterile environments that could easily withstand the biological agents that exist on earth. Even the illnesses of your animals could affect them.

Behind the screen, please watch the video and what is/was going on?

So great is this hazard that in recent history few races have attempted colonization of this world. For more than 60 year of research by a mix of Aliens and human scientist in Dulce, New Mexico. One of the many underground research facilities in the world and including Pine Creek in AUSTRALIA.

But now the Collectives see an advantage, for humanity has built networks that they can use—worldwide
communications, worldwide resource extraction and a sufficient level of technology that can, at a basic level, interface with what they use and rely upon.

Humanity is also developing greater sources of destructive power, and should this power be fully cultivated, then interventions such as this kind would be more difficult to attempt.

In order to understand what really went on during the WW2 Nazi area, one must learn to discard everything in history that is presented to us as truth by the mass-media, since the media is entirely owned by the Black Nobility of Europe and their stooges. The Black Nobility are the creators of the Committee of 300 and all the other organizations that go with it – especially the Bavarian Illuminati.

They are the human façade behind which lies the Marcabian realm – the shapeshifters. The Marcabians are a reptilian race which came to earth over 4000 years ago from the star system of Canus Major and turned our beautiful world into a slaughter-house ever since. Enki; Enlil; the Nefilin; the Nibiruan and the Anunnaki or what ever other names there are, have nothing to do with the Bavarian Illuminati; here is where David Icke will have to do a little more research. The Starfire-ritual is an Marcabian affair; a very macabre ritual indeed – what a befitting name.

Enki; Enlil; the Nefilin; the Nibiruan and the Anunnaki or what ever other names there are, have nothing to do with the Bavarian Illuminati; here is where David Icke will have to do a little more research. The Starfire-ritual is an Marcabian affair; a very macabre ritual indeed – what a befitting name.

Ron Hubbard is credited with the development of auditing which make it possible to learn to return into the past and your individual history.

Hubbard stated that the Marcab Confederacy was now using Earth as a “prison planet”. When a person dies or “drops the body”, as Scientologists put it, his thetan is pulled into a Marcab-established “implant station” or “report station”.

The idea that Earth is a “prison planet”, maintained by “entheta beings” or Targs who dumped their enemies on Earth, was first put forward in a 1952 lecture, “Electropsychometric Scouting: Battle of the Universes“. A steady flow of flying saucers is said to be still dropping off more entheta beings.

The report area for most has been Mars. Some women report to stations elsewhere in the Solar System. There are occasional incidents about Earth report stations. The report stations are protected by screens. The last report station on Earth was established in the Pyrenees.(Scientology: A History of Man)

The thetans are brainwashed and sent back to Earth, where they find a new body to inhabit. Only Scientologists who have reached the level of “Operating Thetan” are said to be able to avoid this fate.

His comments but especially the auditing method/result where not appreciated. The CIA did infiltrate the scientology Church and managed to discredited and destroy it effectively.

Scientology destroyed by global enslavers.

WHY: The ability to cure/remove trauma. A lot of people suffer from it and can be inured in the present but also a relique of the past.

Trauma occurs when our loss exceeds our ability to handle and cope with what happened, and the energy of it gets stored in our body’s tissues — resulting in a cascade of physiological reactions that progressively erode our quality of life. ( Used by these secrete organization because it give them a handle on other sick humans and turn into loyal slaves/control.

The good news was that everybody could be health and does manifest as negativity. Instead the different security’s/control organizations decide to interfere and dismantle his organization from the inside out. They set an ultimatum and return to the CIA his original home.

Abasically you can free negative emotions, heal physical ailments, and soothe the wounded ego.

Return to this safe place being your body/soul in time and again, whenever you need to re-open your heart let positivity flow freely and part of the consciousness.

Introduction of fake science and the so-called factcheckers.

The bad news: the conspiracy is global and there are many vested interest groups. A cursory investigation yields the usual suspects: scientists with a theoretical axe to grind, careers to further and the status quo to maintain.
Their modus operandi is “The Big Lie”–and the bigger and more widely publicized, the better.

[eg] that: They rely on invoking their academic credentials to support their arguments, and the presumption is that no one has the right to question their authoritarian pronouncements.

  1. There is no mystery about who built the Great Pyramid or what the methods of construction were, and the Sphinx shows no signs of water damage;

There were no humans in the Americas before 20,000 BC;

  1. The first civilization dates back no further than 6000 BC;

There are no documented anomalous, unexplained or enigmatic data to take into account;

4 There are no lost or unaccounted-for civilizations.

5 Life an accident.

6 We are alone in the almost infinite physical universe

7 The big bang as starter

8 The Ape our forebear

Let the evidence to the contrary be damned!

The public does not seem at all aware of the fact that the scientific establishment has a double standard when it comes to the free flow of information.

In essence, it goes like this… Scientists are highly educated, well trained and intellectually capable of processing all types of information, and they can make the correct critical distinctions between fact and fiction, reality and fantasy. The unwashed public is simply incapable of functioning on this high mental plane.

The writer never publicly broadcast his private views or beliefs, so it would appear that the “storm troopers” now believe they have orders to make sure “unapproved” thoughts are never publicly disclosed.

However, there is a second item on the agenda, and that is to protect the public from “unscientific” thoughts and ideas that might infect the mass mind.

We outlined some of those taboo subjects at the beginning of the article; now we should add that it is also “unwholesome” and “unacceptable” to engage in any of the following research pursuits: paranormal phenomena, UFOs, cold fusion, free energy and all the rest of the “pseudo-sciences”. Does this have a familiar ring to it? Are we hearing the faint echoes of religious zealotry?

Who ever gave science the mission of engineering and directing the inquisitive pursuits of the citizenry of the free world?
It is all but impossible for any scientific paper that has anti-Darwinian ramifications to be published in a mainstream scientific journal. It is also just as impossible to get the “taboo” subjects even to the review table, and you can forget about finding your name under the title of any article in Nature unless you are a credentialed scientist, even if you are the next Albert Einstein.

To restate how this conspiracy begins, it is with two filters: credentials and peer review. Modern science is now a maze of such filters set up to promote certain orthodox theories and at the same time filter out that data already prejudged to be unacceptable. Evidence and merit are not the guiding principles; conformity and position within the established community have replaced objectivity, access and openness.

Scientists do not hesitate to launch the most outrageous personal attacks against those they perceive to be the enemy. Eminent paleontologists Louis Leakey penned this acid one-liner about Forbidden Archaeology: “Your book is pure humbug and does not deserve to be taken seriously by anyone but a fool.” Once again, we see the thrust of a personal attack; the merits of the evidence presented in the book are not examined or debated. It is a blunt, authoritarian pronouncement.

Collectivists/monopolist and hive mind.

“The socialists believe the best way to change a culture, a civilization, a way of thinking, is to infiltrate and
begin to move as a member of the aristocracy, as a member of that group and infiltrate from within and use those principles. …

The concept of infiltrating and changing from within is the socialist mentality to get where you want to go.”
— Ted Flynn, author of ‘Hope of the Wicked’.

What happened

The global enslavers don’t take kindly to anybody who interferes in their plans, and they have have ways of dealing with them.

A former high official at the NSA (National Security Agency) told me about a protocol informally dubbed DDT -that old poisonous chemical long-banned in much of the world. In this application, it stands for Decoy, Distract and Trash – which is what sophisticated intelligence operatives use to set up some person or group, take them off the trail of something real and important, and trash the person or the subject.

One could not get at the masses with arguments, proofs, and knowledge, but only with feelings and beliefs.” ~Wilhelm Reich

The masses is hub on which society revolves around, although they are the mediocre society cannot function without the masses.

Knowing this fact society has to ensure that the masses remain divided and fighting.


The only way to keep them divided and fighting is to give beliefs and hope, this beliefs and hope console them in such a way that nothing else is needed.

They are taken care of from one generation to the next the consolation goes on. The masses are the burden bearer in all societies whether capitalist or communist society.


The masses are helpless as their responsibility has been compromise for hopes and beliefs.

The mass, crowd, mob seldom logic/think. It can easily be explained. Our brains do need an disproportionate of of energy/blood when using our big brain parts.

Most people are to busy, can ill afford the energy/time and there mind runs on autopilot. Our small brain contain most of our programming including survival. Easy in use and fast.

Bye thinking/logic and data.

From its beginnings in the 1950s Scientology challenged and exposed the methods of the global enslavers and their agenda for global dictatorship. According to LRH there was a type of personality called the “suppressive personality” (SP), which was under the control of the global enslavers through various conditioning techniques, and helping to further their agenda. Further, LRH believed that all crime was due to “abuse of the soul” which led to all aberrations and dysfunctional states.

Scientology had a plan for freeing mankind and removing the blocks to spiritual enlightenment and was opposed to psychiatry, psycho-surgery (electric shock treatment, lobotomy), drugs and all forms of oppression of mankind.


Instead they were committed towards freeing mankind from the grip of the dark forces by using a process called auditing to locate and remove a person’s aberrations or engrams.

It seems the planet wasn’t big enough for both Scientology and the global enslavers, and one of them had to go.
Right from the beginning Scientology was a target of a vicious campaign to discredit it, a campaign which persists to this very day. Read about the beginning of this campaign in ‘The Hidden Story of Scientology’ by Omar V. Garrison.

Read about the disappearance of LRH for 10 months in 1972 and his reappearance with a totally altered personality.
It is speculated that he was either killed and replaced with a double, or somehow mind controlled.

Read about the takeover of scientology and replacement with false Scientology teachings at
http://www.sc-i-r-s-ology.pair.com and sci-integrity.

Roswell and DDT

A former high official at the NSA (National Security Agency) told me about a protocol informally dubbed DDT -that old poisonous chemical long-banned in much of the world. In this application, it stands for Decoy, Distract and Trash – which is what sophisticated intelligence operatives use to set up some person or group, take them off the trail of something real and important, and trash the person or the subject.

Airl, the captured alien in Roswell in 1947 and interrogated at least that is what the militaria wanted and subjected to electro shock treatment to make him cooperative. End of that part of the study. Matilda Macelroy was involved as being a flying nurse in the air-force and able to communicate telepathically and as a result needed.

1947 New Mexico

When she was old and had returned to her native country being Ireland did send copies of the interview to Spences for publications/farewell letter from Ireland. Their is some misunderstanding about Roswell because three different UFO crashes took place in a relative short time space and associated with the nuclear test in New Mexico.

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
In Scientology, the concept of the thetan (/ˈθeɪtən/) is similar to the concept of self, or the spirit or soul as
found in several belief systems.

The term is derived from the Greek letter Θ, theta, which in Scientology beliefs represents “the source of life, or life itself.”[1] In Scientology it is believed that it is the thetan, not the central nervous system, which commands the body through communication points[clarify].[2]

Thetans have been described in the Applied Religious Philosophy of Scientology in a number of ways.

A “thetan is an immortal spiritual being; the human soul.”[3]
“The being who is the individual and who handles and lives in the body.”[1]
“A thetan is not a thing, a thetan is the creator of things.”[1]
A thetan is “the person himself—not his body or his name, the physical universe, his mind, or anything else; that which is aware of being aware; the identity which is the individual.”[1]
According to Scientology, the concept for the thetan was first discovered in the early 1950s by the science
fiction author L. Ron Hubbard, drawing on reports by Dianetics practitioners, who in session, found clients came up with descriptions of past-life experiences. Although the term is comparable to a soul, a thetan can be incarnated many times over lifetimes. An important goal in Scientology is to develop a greater awareness and higher levels of ability to operate in the physical universe as an Operating Thetan.[4]

Thetan in Scientology doctrine


The term and concept were defined by Scientology founder L. Ron Hubbard, who adopted the Greek letter theta (Θ) to represent “the source of life and life itself”.[5] Hubbard first introduced his ideas of “theta-beings” in a lecture series of March 1952.[6] He attributed the coining of the word to his wife Mary Sue.[7] As an essential point of Scientology doctrine, a person’s sense of identity and self-awareness stem entirely from the “thetan”.
It is redundant to refer to “a person’s thetan”, because the person does not exist independently.[8][9]

Hubbard once defined a thetan as: “… having no mass, no wave-length, no energy, no measurable qualities and no time or location in space except by consideration or postulate. The spirit is not a thing. It is the creator of things.”[1]

In a lecture series later published as a book (“The Phoenix Lectures”), he jokingly pointed to a
study that implied that a “thetan” manifests a small but measurable amount of mass:

From some experiments conducted about fifteen or twenty years ago—a thetan weighed about 1.5 ounces [45 grams]!
Who made these experiments? Well, a doctor made these experiments. He weighed people before and after death, retaining any mass. He weighed the person, bed and all, and he found that the weight dropped at the moment of death about 1.5 ounces [45 grams] and some of them 2 ounces [60 grams]. (Those were super thetans!)[10]

Although Hubbard did not name the doctor concerned, there was indeed such an attempt, by Duncan MacDougall, to measure the weight of dying patients to determine the weight of the soul, although MacDougall’s experiments took place about fifty years before Hubbard’s lectures, not fifteen or twenty, and are generally not regarded as having any scientific validity.[11]

According to Hubbard’s son Ronald DeWolf (born L. Ron Hubbard Jr.), his father stated that thetans are immortal and perpetual, having willed themselves into existence at some point several trillion[12] years ago.[13][14]


After they originated, thetans generated “points to view” or “dimension points”, causing space to come into existence. They agreed that other thetans’ dimension points existed, thus bringing into existence the entire universe.

In the primordial past, according to Scientologist teachings, thetans brought the material universe into being largely for their own pleasure.”[15] The universe is thought to have no independent reality, but to derive its apparent reality from the fact that most thetans agree it exists.[16]

Scientologists believe that thetans fell from grace when they began to identify with their creation, rather than their original state of spiritual purity.[15]
Eventually, they lost their memory of their true nature, along with the associated spiritual and creative powers. As a result, thetans came to think of themselves as nothing but embodied beings.[16][17]

Thetans are believed to be reborn time and time again in new bodies through a process called “assumption” which is analogous to reincarnation.[15] Dell deChant and Danny Jorgensen liken Scientology to Hinduism, in that both ascribe a causal relationship between the experiences of earlier incarnations and one’s present life.[15]
With each rebirth, the effects of the “MEST” universe (MEST here stands for matter, energy, space, and time) on the thetan are believed to become stronger.[15]

Scientologists believe that the thetan has been “embodied on many occasions”, but they generally avoid the term “reincarnation”.

They also reject the idea of transmigration, “i.e. the belief that the thetan would incarnate into any animal less than human.”
Scientology’s first phase has to do with removing “encumbrances acquired in this life and in past existences,”J. Gordon Melton writes.


According to Melton, these encumbrances are called “engrams” and are “described as aberrations attached to the self that produce dysfunctional behavior patterns.”[18]

Jon Atack, whose book A Piece of Blue Sky details how he reached Operating Thetan level V before leaving Scientology, describes Hubbard’s doctrines about thetans: “Thetans are all-knowing beings, and became bored because there were no surprises. Hubbard asserted that the single most important desire in all beings is to have a ‘game’. To have a ‘game’ it was necessary to ‘not know’ certain things, so certain perceptions were negated (‘not-is-ed’).” Since thetans knew everything, this required them to abandon or suppress perceptions and knowledge.
Over time, the loss of perception accumulated and certain thetans began to cause harm to others.

MEST (physical) beings also sought to “trap” thetans in order to control them. Thetans came to learn contrition, punishing themselves for their own “harmful” acts.[19]

According to Hubbard, an essential part of the thetans’ game was the “conquest” of matter, energy, space, and time by the life force, theta. This has produced multiple universes which have ended and begun in succession, each new one being more solid and entrapping than the last.

The thetans have by now become so enmeshed in the physical universe that many have identified themselves totally with it, forgetting their quadrillions[20] of years of existence and their original godly powers.[19]

According to Scientology, thetan powers are said to remain potent and restorable.
One of the Church of Scientology’s stated goals is “the rehabilitation of the human spirit”, by which it means the restoration of the thetan’s original abilities. Hubbard claims that thetans are able to change reality through “postulates”—decisions made by the individual about the nature of the reality around them.
Some thetans are said to have (mis)used this ability to “implant” others with hypnotic suggestions,
forcing other thetans to “cluster” around bodies (hence body thetans). This sort of directed control is referred to as “other-determinism”. Scientology seeks to undo it and return the thetan to “self-determinism”, where he can control himself and his environment. The eventual goal is to achieve “pan-determinism”, where he acts for the good of all.

The Scientological notion of the thetan differs from other religions, such as Judaism and Christianity, in three significant ways. While other belief systems “fuse the concept of the body and soul”, the thetan is “separate and independent”. Also unlike the Judeo-Christian tradition, Scientologists believe that the thetan has “lived through many, perhaps thousands of lifetimes.”

Third, different from the Christian notion of original sin, Scientology believes that the thetan is basically good, but “has lost touch with its true nature.”[21]

Religious scholar Richard Holloway writes that thetans were not created, but they created themselves, adopting and creating the human body as a vehicle or existence.[22]

Thetans and death
Non-Scientologists Joel Sappell and Robert Welkos described in a 1990 article in the LA Times how Scientologists believe that when a person dies—or, in Scientology terms, when a thetan abandons its physical body—they go to a “landing station” on the planet Venus, where the thetan is re-implanted and told lies about its past life and its next life. The Venusians take the thetan, “capsule” it, and send it back to Earth to be thrown into the ocean off the coast of California.

They quote Hubbard as saying, “If you can get out of that, and through that, and wander around through the cities and find some girl who looks like she is going to get married or have a baby or something like that, you’re all set. And if you can find the maternity ward to a hospital or something, you’re OK.
And you just eventually just pick up a baby.”[23][24][25]

While Hubbard’s concept of the thetan led to the development of an elaborate cosmology, the doctrinal structure he created is based on the following propositions: “Man is an immortal spiritual being. His experience extends well beyond a single lifetime. His capabilities are unlimited, even if not presently realized.”[26]

Operating Thetan
Main article: Operating Thetan
According to Scientology doctrine, a thetan exists whether operating a human body or not. Scientology advertises itself as being able to “rehabilitate” the thetan of a practitioner to a state where the individual can operate with or without a “flesh body”. The term “operating thetan” would then apply as it does when an individual is operating a body. The Operating Thetan (OT) levels are the upper-level courses in Scientology.

The Church defines “Operating Thetan” as “knowing and willing cause over life, thought, and matter, energy, space and time (MEST).”[27]

The Church of Scientology states as a point of doctrine that an individual exists with or without a body.[28]

Cleared Theta Clear
Even beyond the Operating Thetan levels comes the “Cleared Theta Clear”, a godlike state which Hubbard describes this way:

A thetan who is completely rehabilitated and can do everything a thetan should do, such as move MEST and control others from a distance, or create his own universe; a person who is able to create his own universe or, living in the MEST universe is able to create illusions perceivable by others at will, to handle MEST universe objects without mechanical means and to have and feel no need of bodies or even the MEST universe to keep himself and his friends interested in existence.[29]

Body thetan
Main article: Body thetan
A body thetan is a disincarnate thetan who is “stuck” in, on or near a human body, and all human bodies are said to be infested by these disembodied thetans, or clusters of them. This information is not revealed until a Scientologist reaches Section III of the Operating Thetan levels (commonly referred to as “OT III”).
Body thetans were said by Hubbard to be a result of a prehistoric “Incident” involving Xenu.

Ron Hubbard & Icke.

Alien interventions and planet Earth: ( Allies of humanity?)
We are living in a world of tremendous natural diversity and biological resources. Those who are intervening here are not interested much in what we see as resources as such and hold most dear. They are above all interested in biological resources, particularly those resources that are the building blocks of life—genetic agents, chlorophyll, blood and plasma for example. These are the things that are valuable and are greatly needed in a universe full of barren worlds. Some of this represents illegal trade, trade that is not allowed for ethical reasons, but trade that exists nonetheless. There are others like Rare metals are also sought here—metals that you are aware of and metals like gold but also others that we are not aware of.

Realize that as a foreign race seeks to do/manage on Earth needs significant human assistance.

This is because of the biological barrier that this world presents to the universe and to those races who have evolved in a more sterile environments, who have not adapted to be in biological, terrestrial environments such as this.
Earth in itself is very rare, and there are only a few races in the universe who have this adaptation.
That is why the native races must be cultivated and genetically aligned with the intervening races.


Doing so like in the case of Dulce, New Mexico and a large number of others underground installations but also a time-consuming process and going on for a long time. Including the increase of the alien part and on a much larger scale. Starting round 1950 shortly after het end of WW2 but the results are believed to be worth it by those perpetrators, those who are engaging in such activities and active on/ present now on earth surface/underground complexes.


All hidden and clandestine but at the same time not possible without the Authorities/state involvement. Part of it was the creation of a new super race of overseer’s in Germany for world domination/control,(Die Herren Rasse)by Adolph Hitler and per instruct of some STS 4 dimensions reptilian forces he aligned with.

The creation, instruction and breeding took place in the underground complexes of Antarctica and finely completed. The Fuhrer I do understand was not one of the brightest and needed a lot of assistance of the control end of the 4th dimension STS involved.

The Freemasons 33 plus and the WEF taking the placement and grooming of the new recruits at a later stage. Most prominent are names like Putin, Macron, Zelenskyy, Trudeau and many others. WEF new masters program.

Now since 2020 completed, the plan was to replace every one in an influential in the West and multinational being politicians, NGO’s or commercial to be an loyal Freemason/WEF member and factual control.

Also The Fuhrer himself has taken over another soul and returned but will need a bit more time before going into the lime light. Hitler’s dream than was changed into a “Thousand-year Reich.” slogan. Is this a thinly-veiled counterpart to Jesus’ Millennial Kingdom?


The Neuschwabenland colony survived not only the end of World War II, but a full on battle with the 3,500 Marines and aircraft of Operation High Jump. The crew members and their plane were part of what remains to this day the largest expedition ever in Antarctica, Operation High Jump, which was led by the renowned polar explorer, Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd, and consisted of 13 ships, 23 aircraft and 4,700 men.

Under “Operation Paperclip” Nazi scientists and intelligence officers were integrated into the military, NASA, and the intelligence community and according to a participant on his death bed 50000 in total much more than reported.

Werner von Braun is the most famous and is remembered for being the genius behind the Saturn rockets. The most infamous was Reinhard Gehlen, a Major General in the Nazi Abwehr or 1ntelligence agency.
Gehlen was sponsored by the Dulles brothers.

John Foster Dulles was a founding member of the CFR and served as President Eisenhower’s Secretary of State; Allen was a president of the CFR, and was the Director of Central Intelligence – head of the CIA – when John F. Kennedy was assassinated.

Not only has the CIA been implicated in the assassination of JFK, Allen Dulles was a member of the Warren
Commission – the investigative body JFK researchers argue was the government’s official cover-up of the conspiracy.
German wealth [much of it looted from nations conquered during World War II] was spirited out of Germany.

Long-standing banking and business connections allowed high-ranking German leaders in 1944 to forge a formidable Nazi-controlled organization for postwar activities.
Author Jim Keith wrote,
Introduction of Totalitarian control, clearly manifesting now and it’s roots going back to Germany losing WW2.

Clear by now that the plans of the Nazis did not pass, the ideology and many of the principal players
survived and flourished after the war, and have had a profound impact on postwar history, and on events taking place now.
These long-standing banking and business connections allowed high-ranking German leaders in 1944 to
forge a formidable Nazi-controlled organization for postwar activities.
Orvis A. Schmidt, the U.S. Treasury Department’s director of Foreign Funds Control, in 1945 offered this
description of a Nazi flight-capital program:


The network of trade, industrial, and cartel organizations has been streamlined and intermeshed, not only organizationally but also by what has been officially described as ‘Personnel Union’.
Legal authority to operate this organizational machinery has been vested in the concerns that have majority capacity in the key industries such as those producing iron and steel, coal and basic chemicals.
These concerns have been deliberately welded together by exchanges of stock to the point where a handful of men can make policy and other decisions that affect us all.

Fact is that the Germans did develop disks and the technology to not only travel between the planets in our solar system but also between the stars. Managed to take control of the wormhole located above the south pole and underground including some of there U boots entering inner earth.

U.S. Undersecretary of Commerce Stuart Eizenstadt reported the following concerning the Nazi Treasury:


The evidence presented in this report is incontrovertible.

….The Swiss National Bank and private Swiss bankers knew, as the War progressed, that the Reichsbank’s
(the German central bank) own coffers had been depleted, and that the Swiss were handling vast sums of
looted gold.
(“TRANSCRIPT: EIZENSTAT BRIEFING ON LOOTED NAZI GOLD REPORT” United States Department of Commerce. 8 May 1997).
When World War II ended, and Europe was being overrun by the allies, the country in charge of each sector of Europe. In our sector, we backed trucks up to the former production facilities and hauled off all the documents. Everyone else did the same thing.
At the same time but a different route 50.000 former members/scientist where brought and invited by the US authorities

If you had been a Wehrmacht soldier at the bombed-out railroad station in Poltava, a city in the Ukraine, during the summer of 1942, you may have seen a very strange-looking military unit on the march, heading for a waiting passenger train.

The unit consisted of women, all of them blond and blue-eyed, between the ages of 17 and 24, tall and slender, their sensational figures encased in striking sky-blue uniforms.


Each woman wore an Italian-style garrison cap, an A-line skirt with the hem below the knee, and a form-fitting jacket with the insignia of the SS. You might have thought the SS had recruited a platoon of high-class call girls, but the truth was far stranger than that. You would have been looking at Reichsführer-SS Heinrich Himmler’s latest brainstorm – the Antarktische Siedlungnsfrauen [Antarctic Settlement Women or ASF].

From the movie Schindler’s List, people have gotten the idea that killing Jews was the Nazis’ main concern.


But in actual fact, Hitler and the SS were just as ruthless with the rest of the population in their eastern
European empire, thinking nothing of shuffling large numbers of people around in their quest for
a more perfect Aryan race.

This shuffle was accomplished by a little-known office of the SS called the Rasse und Siedlungshauptamt
(German for Race and Settlement Bureau) or RuSHA. In the Ukraine alone, RuSHA drafted 500,000 women for forced labor in the munitions factories of Nazi Germany.

It was RuSHA which selected women for Himmler’s unit of Antarktische Siedlungsfrauen (Antarctic Settlement Women)
About half of the “recruits” were Volksdeutsch-ethnic Germans whose ancestors had settled in the Ukraine in the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries. The others were native Ukrainians whom RuSHA had “upgraded” to full Aryans.
This process was called Eindeutschung (Germanization).

Occult.

Himmler’s rationale for sending thousands of settlers to Antarctica can only be understood within the context of his mystic beliefs. As a result of his youthful reading of New Age books, his association with the occultist Dr. Friedrich Wichtl, and his membership in the Artamen, Himmler became a believer in the Hindu concept of world-ages or yugas.

He believed that the current age, or Kali Yuga, would end in a global cataclysm, thereby giving birth to a new world-age called the Satya Yuga.


By sending a Nazi colony to Antarctica, Himmler was ensuring that a remnant of the “pure Aryan race” would survive the coming cataclysm with its society and culture intact. They would then take possession of Antarctica when the cataclysm melted the south polar ice cap.

Nazi leaders were known for their obsession with the occult, including astrology and ancient relics.
Remember the Indiana Jones movies that used Nazi quests for the holiest relics of the Judeo Christian faith?
These movies are based on the occultic practices of Nazis. One relic they were fascinated with [and may possess] was the “Spear of Destiny” that pierced Christ’s side on Golgotha.


The next movie in the Indiana Jones series is tentatively titled “Indiana Jones and the Lost Continent” an
allusion to Atlantis – the antediluvian civilization destroyed by God’s flood in Genesis Chapter 6 after the
daughters of men were taken by the sons of God as their wives [a reference to “fallen angels”?]

UFO abductee Barney Hill [who in the 1960’s was one of the first publicized abductees] claimed under hypnosis that one of his abductors “look[ed] like a German Nazi”. Other abductees have claimed seeing Nazi-style decorations or hearing German or German-accented voices as part of their abduction experience.

Nazi leaders were known for their obsession with the occult, including astrology and ancient relics.
Remember the Indiana Jones movies that used Nazi quests for the holiest relics of the Judeo Christian faith?
These movies are based on the occultic practices of Nazis. One relic they were fascinated with [and may possess] was the “Spear of Destiny” that pierced Christ’s side on Golgotha.
The next movie in the Indiana Jones series is tentatively titled “Indiana Jones and the Lost Continent” an
allusion to Atlantis – the antediluvian civilization destroyed by God’s flood in Genesis Chapter 6 after the
daughters of men were taken by the sons of God as their wives [a reference to “fallen angels”?]

There is increased popularity for the idea of a ‘German-Slavonic Antarctic Reich.’ It is said that 10,000 of the ‘racially most pure’ Ukrainians, out of half a million deported in 1942 by Martin Bormann, were transported to the German Antarctic bases during World War II, in the proportion of four Ukrainian women to one German man.


If true, this would mean that Himmler transferred 2,500 Waffen-SS soldiers, who had proven themselves in combat on the Russian front, to Station 211 – now Neuschwabenland – in Antarctica. This may be the source of the myth of the “Last SS Battalion.”

In 2003 Ivanenko wrote:


The total population of Nazis in Antarctica now exceeds two million and that many of them have undergone plastic surgery in order to move about with greater ease through South America and conduct all manner of business transactions.


He called the Antarctic Reich, “one of the most militarily powerful states in the world because it can destroy the USA several times over with its submarine-based nuclear missiles, remaining itself invulnerable to U.S. nuclear strikes because of the two-mile-thick ice shield.”

Under “Operation Paperclip” Nazi scientists and intelligence officers were integrated into the military, NASA,and the intelligence community. Wernher von Braun is the most famous and is remembered for being the genius behind the Saturn rockets. The most infamous was Reinhard Gehlen, a Major General in the Nazi Abwehr or 1ntelligence agency.
Gehlen was sponsored by the Dulles brothers. John Foster Dulles was a founding member of the CFR and served as President Eisenhower’s Secretary of State; Allen was a president of the CFR, and was the Director of Central Intelligence – head of the CIA – when John F. Kennedy was assassinated.

Not only has the CIA been implicated in the assassination of JFK, Allen Dulles was a member of the Warren Commission – the investigative body JFK researchers argue was the government’s official cover-up of the conspiracy.
German wealth [much of it looted from nations conquered during World War II] was spirited out of Germany.

U.S. Undersecretary of Commerce Stuart Eizenstadt reported the following concerning the Nazi Treasury:
The evidence presented in this report is incontrovertible.

….The Swiss National Bank and private Swiss bankers knew, as the War progressed, that the Reichsbank’s
(the German central bank) own coffers had been depleted, and that the Swiss were handling vast sums of
looted gold.
(“TRANSCRIPT: EIZENSTAT BRIEFING ON LOOTED NAZI GOLD REPORT” United States Department of Commerce. 8 May 1997).
When World War II ended, and Europe was being overrun by the allies, the country in charge of each sector of Europe.

#In our sector, we backed trucks up to the former production facilities and hauled off all the documents.
Everyone else did the same thing.

.

Ron Hubbard & David Ecke.

Ron does not believe that the Anunnaki are the real culprits her but others the Maccabean.

Has to do that in our past on a number of occasions they the Anunnaki intervened with their central relayed instructions and acted in the best off human interest despite instruction to the contrary. Three attempts where made/recorded to destroy the newly created/changed humanity and sabotaged from the inside out. E.N.K.I / EAlease let me continue with the use of human blood and why we humans their are the favorite prey. Not just now but for at least a few millions earth years and not without a reason.


But first, our current energy based physical universe is predatory, meaning you have to eat other life forms to survive. That has not been always this way but due to an later agreement or changes in the rule govern our physical Universe.
You may love animals and grow plants inside your home and flowers in your garden, but every time you eat, you destroy the life of something. A something with a consciousness/awareness, that feels and desires to live, as we do.
To be aware of an insidious thread woven through biological life. We are born, we feed, and we die.
Life is a process of consuming other living things in order to stay alive as long as possible until death in turn consumes us.
We tell ourselves life is a whole lot more, but it\s reduced to that as long as we must feed to survive.
If we can\t stay alive more than a few months without food, how can eating not be fundamental to how we define our existence?
Eating is a requirement for biological life as we know it. It’s the thread that holds together material existence. More than a thread, it, a chain, binding us to the law that we must consume each other. Also we are not the end of the food chain as many believe!

There is something missing here; what kind of God or gods would create a world predicated on killing?
We don\t like to ask that, and we find every excuse to avoid looking at this question. But every time a dear one dies, or you find a nibbled bird in the yard destroyed by an idle cat, or you read about an animal that has suffered mercilessly, or another molested child, or a nation ravaged by a quake that buried thousands of living people, your mind goes back to that nagging question. Who would make a world like this? Was it truly a God of love?


According to much evidence, it was not. This world now presented/created in this wat cannot be the original one, then creation has been tampered with by someone else so merciless that it barely resembles the original divine vision.


The biological universe now is controlled by the law that to live we must take life or die. That is sinister.

Something there is that makes us have to eat, that makes us age and disintegrate. This is the something wrong with the world, the crack in the universe. Knowledge of it works like a splinter in the mind, driving you mad.

Yet awakening to the truth of our predicament is the first step toward radical change. Only radical change can
possibly right the fundamental flaw woven into physical creation.
And how well-woven it is. Not only does violence wind through the lives of all Earth life like the fibers of a time-bomb attached to a victim. Free energy/food? Free energy exist and be used in the saucers flying around in our part and between the star systems. Our own like the German Hanubau developed in 1943 in Germany.

Also that the free energy technology exist and being used but we you and me lied to. Worse forced to use fossil fuel and secondly blamed for Climate damage as a result by the same people hiding the technology like the Cabal/US government/Research. More than 80 years now and no end in sight.


It reaches out into space, where supernovas implode, collapsing millions of stars along with all living beings on all their attendant planets.


With death and devouring are so pervasive most people can’t conceive of a world without them, or if they can conceive it, they label the concept preposterous. Yet quantum physics shows that matter is nothing but atoms:
emptiness vibrating. Emptiness does not die and neither does the energy it oscillates. So why must bodies die that are made of up of these things?

Genetic agents, chlorophyll, blood and plasma.

Those who are intervening here are not interested much in what we see as resources as such and hold most dear. They are above all interested in biological resources, particularly those resources that are the building blocks of life—genetic agents, chlorophyll, blood and plasma for example. These are the things that are valuable and are greatly needed in a universe full of barren worlds. Off cause there are some minerals but not all speak to our imagination like Gold does. For example there is lode stone, natural magnetic stone. Important because it is possible to make it resonate easily meaning the electric resistance drops to almost zero during that occurrence and has application in free energy generators.

The story goes as told by AIRL the Alien captured at Roswell in 1947 and died during admission of electro shock by the US militarily trying to soften him up a bid and make him more cooperative:


The greatest technical challenge of biological organisms was the invention of self-regeneration, or sexual reproduction. It was invented as the solution to the problem of having to continually manufacture replacement creatures for those that had been destroyed and eaten by other creatures.

Planetary governments did not want to keep buying replacement animals.
The idea was contrived trillions of years ago as a result of a conference held to resolve arguments between the disputing vested interests within the biotechnology industry. The infamous “Council of Yuhmi-Krum” was responsible for coordinating creature production.

A compromise was reached, after certain members of the Council were strategically bribed or murdered, to author an agreement which resulted in the biological phenomenon which we now call the “food chain”.
The idea that a creature would need to consume the body of another life form as an energy source was offered as a solution by one of the biggest companies in the biological engineering business. They specialized in creating insects and flowering plants.

A crissum between brothers, a world dominated by awareness/consciousness and terror, fear, bloodletting just name it.. What is really going on????
It also explains why the Bible is full of predictor parts because of ability by the writers to travel in time and
notice.
The bible not only very old book but also included many predictions our future events/unique and has proven itself in this respect over time..

With re-introduction of the Occult technologies by the Nazi’s for accelerated spiritual development which became suddenly available again and so did Research and resulting in better understanding of role of the emotions/the mind in our life’s and universe.

The role of secret societies.

One of Icke’s chief contributions to the discourse on the vampire lies in his immersion of this figure into a vast web of clandestine organizations, from ancient mystery schools and cults like the Brotherhood of the Snake to the Knights Templar and the Masonic Order, from global entities like the UN, the Trilateral Commission, and the Council on Foreign Relations to drug cartels, satanic churches, and the Black Nobility.

These ETs drain individuals of their sense of wellbeing through the manipulation and absorption of
libidinal energies and – ultimately – the theft of consciousness and agency. On the one hand, the location of the self that the Anunnaki attack seems closely linked to consumerist notions.

Now in its immersion in the constellation of contemporary conspiracy theories, in its reflection on
global capitalism, and blurring of historical and fictional narratives – has moved this structure of early
dissent from the cloak of darkness to the light of day.


The American people (and in fact the whole world is affected by this secret society THROUGH the right arm of the USA) have a right to know why this college fraternity is so secret that both candidates for the U.S. presidency refuse to speak of it.

To become a highest degree Freemason (Illuminated 33rd degree of the Scottish rite lodge), you have to have FAMILY already in the lodge typically. A reference will only get you through the first three degrees
(the “Blue” degrees) and then you stop or get side tracked along another path. If you are not a “family member”, then you cannot achieve the highest degrees. Than you reach a cross point and are asked if you are willing to deface a cross or other religion artefact. If you say no than you are told you made the right choice, if you do it you are told you made the right choice and promoted to 33+, and include contacts/travel with aliens.

For example or very, does the oath to Skull & Bones or the Freemasons supersede all previous and future oaths (as is common in occult organizations) such as the presidential oath of office? I think it would matter to most Americans if Bush or Kerry placed their hands on their Skull & Bones pin (over their heart) as they take the oath as president.
Which allegiance is stronger? Which comes first?

You have to have a certain strand of DNA in your body, the SAME strand (which connects all the way back to the ancient world) which ensures your position of power over the rest of Humanity.

Why? Only chosen bloodlines get this privilege. Which ones, you ask? The ones which have the “Reptilian” DNA encoding “Dragon blood lines”, also known as the “Anunnaki” in the Sumerian texts. Believe that it is their duty on the Earth, to “manage Humanity” until the return of their gods from other star-systems or dimensions.

Their are three civilized different groups in our galaxy being Reptilian, humanoid ( mix races) and Mammals.

Currently it is assumed that the reptilians where the first to manage to develop the technology to travel
between planets and the Stars.

Reptilians use of human as food, organs and blood.

Thus, while blood is needed as a vital life force for reptiles, they are also addicted to “adrenal-chrome,” a
hormone released in the human body during periods of extreme terror.
Factual they are interdimensional beings meaning can be very close to us and we can not noticing unless
practicing the use of our third Eye or pineal gland located inside our brain.


Has the capability to detect/monitor all kinds of electromagnetic waves and including the much more subtle standing waves some associated with life itself.

A very sensitive sensor which can easily be interfered with. Chemically being Fluor/added to drinking water, part of our food and above all use of medication.


Discovered in the early 1900 and to be used to dump down prisoners, the period in which the commies tried to push trough a NWO using the money as source of all wrong doing. Two wars and Hitler.
An easy way to interfere and dump down the populations. Also the start of introducing it into the drink water supply because it would give everyone beautiful white teeth and early pension for the dentists?

Despite being well aware of its impacts including research done different states and countries and made adding it compulsory, and using again and again. Why because in destroys our third Eye and contacts possible with the so-called invisible world or waves. Multi-dimensional and part of our electromagnet shield we have. Our pineal gland or third Eye and has been pictured in all more advanced civilizations on earth together with our big brain being the wave sensor/manipulator able to see/notice the not visible part of the universe and unique. Hatted for that by the authorities and negative forces active here and time and time again demanding that we use fluoride to calcinate that gland/organ and deprive us from knowledge.

By Kenny Stancil 

The World Health Organization’s (WHO) draft drinking water guidelines for two “forever chemicals” reveal a “striking and inappropriate disregard of the best available science” and must be “extensively revised” to adequately protect public health.

So wrote former U.S. government scientists Betsy Southerland and Linda Birnbaum in an article published Wednesday in the peer-reviewed journal Environmental Science & Technology.

The stakes are extremely high, according to Southerland, the former director of science and technology at the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA) Office of Water, and Birnbaum, the former director of the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences.

That’s because once finalized, the WHO’s regulatory framework for per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) in drinking water is likely to be adopted by many countries.

The United Nations agency’s draft guidelines are much weaker than rules imposed in Denmark and advanced in Canada, and they could facilitate legal challenges to the EPA’s proposed standards that are much more stringent albeit still insufficient according to many public health advocates.

PFAS are a class of hazardous synthetic compounds widely called “forever chemicals” because they persist in people’s bodies and the environment for years on end.

Scientists have linked long-term PFAS exposure to numerous adverse health outcomes, including cancer, reproductive and developmental harms, immune system damage and other negative effects.

The substances — used in dozens of everyday household products, including ostensibly “green” and “nontoxic” children’s items, as well as firefighting foam — have been detected in the blood of 97% of Americans and in 100% of breast milk samples.

The WHO’s draft guidance recommends drinking water limits of 100 parts per trillion (ppt) individually for perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS) and perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) — two of the most well-studied PFAS — and 500 ppt total for the 29 PFAS compounds that can be reliably measured, though this is a fraught topic.

The WHO’s proposed limits on PFOS and PFOA are 25 times higher than those put forth last month by the EPA, and such a significant gap could hinder federal and state efforts to better regulate the nation’s drinking water.


Push, push and push including the CDC in the US. Only last year the health defense for children had to go
into a court just to get the CDC to release some papers about it. Never ending and assume must be very
important to the deep State/cabal.

The main question is why are some of the reptilians races so deeply involved her on earth is it trying to make sure there is an enough big source of human blood available? Not directly but through agents and servants.

It has to do with our

Emotions/stress/survival:
Our emotions or when being emotional the brain can or has the ability to brain respond and will convert nerve signals into “messenger molecules”

who then, in turn, direct the endocrine system to produce steroid hormones, that can reach the nucleus of various cells and cause them to change how the body’s genes are written out and released into our blood.
These genes will then direct the cells as to how to make a variety of molecules which are used in growth,
metabolism, sexuality, and the immune systems.


Mammals are unique due to being emotional (social) beings and the other like the reptilians not.
However it did not take these reptilians long to find out that these substances produced by our hormones’ could prolong there life, have drug like qualities and high energy source.
For the last few million years they have been hunting us for that purpose in a stealth manner.


Our motion/mind can rewrite genetics and resulting in the production of special bio-chemicals which can than be and found in our blood. Most of accumulate within our blood as residual off itself.

Again it is an en-ergo -chemical in response to adverse stimuli some reptilians need.
Also a chromosomal combustion can take place, as the Meta-gene takes the source of bio-stress, be it chemical, radioactivity, or whatever and turns the potential energy-response into a catalyst for genetic change.


Most people do not know but as result of genetic interference our DNA was reduced from 12 to 2 strands. However the cut up DNA pieces where not removed probably to difficult and reside still in our cells including a dormant DNA code and can fuse. Very rare but with great consequence.
The main focus of the catalyst type power is a gland in the middle of the human brain called the PINEAL gland, and the nutrient for increasing the Pineal action is the adrenaline. The Meta-gene factor gives the ability of Psionic Power [for better or worse].


The main interest of the Aliens, especially the Grays, is to understand and control the Metagene for their
own race. They try to do this using Biological Experiments to make Hybrids from both humans and aliens.
They believe that MEN FROM PLANET EARTH HAVE THE POTENTIAL TO BECOME THE DEADLIEST CREATURES IN THE UNIVERSE.
Because ONLY on Earth people are apparently capable of generating the Meta-gene Factor and sometimes with it
Natural Psionics abilities, “Real Power”
There are a few people walking on earth surface having 3 strands of DNA stat 2 and this process can be enhanced.

More about food &blood/conquest’s.

To make shorten the story, first what off the main facts; In the beginning the first creation was not predatory at all and also the story many people/souls remember of it and cannot be erased. Also re-introduced by agreement.

Second it looks like the reptiles where the first but also biggest part under the universal population managing to develop space travel by mechanical means. Within the third dimension some off these reptilians /meat eaters are veracious predators. And there favorite food source mammals/humans especially.

They are currently in control at planet earth using their pawns here like the cabal ( banks) freemasons global institutions/industry.

( UN and multi national cooperation’s) and behind the interventions of the so-called NWO. THE REAL BUT AT A DISTANCE MASTERS. The use of puppets to push it through all changes and restriction in liberties at a high speed and currently in a secret control of all major political controllers, the banks and multinationals plus many State created organizations like CDC, FDA, Defense just to name a few. So-called democratic system a farce as is info/media.

According to the Cassiopeia Experiments/manuscript there are several penthouses’ on other planets and are human captured and imprisoner from earth in other part of our galaxy including for food. Ron Hubbard became aware of it but was effectively silenced by the CIA.

Many through the Dark fleet and concentrated/complexes in Antarctica. But not the only ones. Must be very lucrative but a barter trade as such.


The introduction of food/reproduction in our physical based universe. The name they came up with is loosh. Loosh is defined by the urban dictionary as “an energy generated by all organic life in varying degrees of purity, the clearest and most potent coming from humans – engendered emotions and by human activity”.
What it tells us will be for many really shocking. Humans are not at the top of the food chain but part of it, nor the only ones but the favored ones.

David Ecke


Through genetic engineering, the Anunnaki have manipulated the evolution of humans as a slave race.

“The Anunnaki created bloodlines to rule humanity on their behalf,” he writes, “and these …
are the families still in control of the world to this day” .

The interbreeding of the rich and powerful (primarily, for Icke, the European aristocracy and the Eastern Establishment of the US) is not done for reasons of snobbery but rather “to hold a genetic structure that gives them certain abilities, especially the ability to ‘shape-shift’ and manifest in other forms” (9). Working with these crossbreeds are full-blooded Anunnaki, some physically present on earth, others influencing individuals and events psychically from what Icke calls “the lower fourth dimension”.

Dimensions.

Forming a “Brotherhood” or secret society network, called the Freemasons to protect it the Anunnaki have effectively “hijacked planet earth”.
The Anunnaki, like traditional vampires, enjoy eternal or extenuated life spans.
Icke claims that “the fourth dimensional reptilians wear their human bodies like a genetic overcoat and when one body dies the same reptilian ‘moves house’ to another body and continues the Agenda into another generation” to continue.

One type of creature Icke describes is a reptilian “inside” a human physical body; “it seems that the Anunnaki need to occupy a very reptilian dominated genetic stream to do this, hence certain bloodlines always end up in the positions of power.

Through genetic manipulation, it is possible to insert alien DNA very easily as a third-party contributor to a developing human fetus, so that the child resembles both human parents while also being somewhat hybridized. Whether artificially hybridized, naturally conceived between human and alien, or fully alien, such a child born and raised in a human family will mostly pass for human, except they will be of a caliber beyond their peers. There is also a new and young grooming part at the WEF and has delivered several new so-called leaders who will stop at nothing.
The greatest heroes of myth and ancient history were popularly viewed as crossbreeds between gods and men.

They walk among us pretending to be human. Some are integrated into society and hold strategic positions, whether to influence or simply observe.

They are genetically compatible with us, and some of their females have engaged human males for sexual
encounters and even long term relationships.

Officially the above mentioned genes found to be caused by an accidental mix-up with genes from bacteria what
is nonsense. What’s is happening now is genetic editing, and with it, the possibility of directing human evolution.
The very real and very near possibility of changing what it means to be human. Most still done in secrecy but
keep your eye on the gene editing ball–because it’s here right now.

Human blood is also essential and resulted in problems in the past.
The mix is at its best at 50/50 but there are not always victims /blood available. This problem was solved by genetically produce a sub-human being the Pig.


The domesticated pig frequency but also having a group mind, the perfect vehicle for animal species to enter before entering into the human matrix form on as part of evolutionary progression. In many respects, pigs can be considered a kind of form of humanity and use to temporally bridge that gab. To a lesser degree, the same is true about cats.

Other less pure crossbreed human-reptilians are those bodies which are possessed by a reptilian consciousness from the fourth dimension and these are people who psychics see as essentially human, but ‘overshadowed’ by a reptilian”.

Another revealing dimension of Anunnaki vampires lies in their collective depiction; unlike many accounts
of the vampire, Icke’s theories do not revolve around distinct Anunnaki individuals but rather focuses on them as a class or group; ( collective/hive) in this sense the Anunnaki do not convey the same individualistic focus so often encountered in vampire narratives. Even Anunnaki forms of consciousness are best described as a “groupthink” mentality.


On this, Icke writes that ” the reptilians seek to influence everyone by stimulating the behavioral patterns of the reptile region of the brain – hierarchical thinking, aggression, conflict, division, lack of compassion and a need for ritual”.
Symbolic of contemporary capitalism, this collective depiction of the Anunnaki reflects the rise of networks, and their decentering development, which have instrumentally caused – and are themselves produced by – the new global economy.
The network supersedes the individual as the subject of the vampire narrative. Here Castells, speaking on the network society of global economics, is instructive:
“For the first time in history, the basic unit of economic organization is not a subject, be it individual
(such as the entrepreneur or collective (such as the capitalist class, the corporation, the state)” .
Instead, “the unit is the network, made up of a variety of subjects and organizations, relentlessly modified as networks adapt”.

Another aspect of the Anunnaki relevant here is their multicultural image. The Anunnaki have been written retroactively into all mythological systems, making them true transnationals. For example, they people the pages of the Indian Vedas, Babylonian myths, as well as the books of the Bible, and they are at the heart of ancient snake-worshipping cults worldwide.

Moreover, they are literally seeded into the human genome through the Anunnaki engineering of the race, interbreeding alien genetics into all peoples, symbolized, for example in Genesis, as the saliva Jehovah mixes with clay to form the first man.

David Icke has written many books and done countless lectures on the subject and if you like it or want more the place to go. The last part here presenting some of his views:

The sexual connection between slayer and victim, the Anunnaki also share another similarity with the
traditional vampire. However, depictions of the Anunnaki by Icke contain none of the erotic allure and
seductiveness that distinguish many vampire texts. Instead, the sexual bond between the Anunnaki and their victims is characterized by violence – rape, murder, and Satanic ritual.

“Satanism at its core is about the manipulation and theft of another person’s energy and consciousness,” writes Icke, who states that “sex is so common in Satanic ritual because at the moment of orgasm, the body explodes with energy which the Satanists and the reptiles can capture and absorb” . For Icke, of course, the demons honored or appeased by satanic sex rituals are none other than the reptilian Anunnaki . Sex is also a fundamental tool of the Anunnaki mind control program and, more prosaically, it figures prominently as a means of blackmail. The picture that emerges is one involving vast networks of sexual abuse and ritual murder – graphic accounts of satanic practices at the playgrounds for world leaders, such as the Bohemian Grove, a 2,700 acre compound north of San Francisco –
mass graves for victims drained of their blood and libidinal energies – and the cultivation of sexual crimes to create an energy field that nourishes these rapacious ETs.

Anunnaki vampires are perfectly suited to, and a perfect representation of, a global economy in the scope
of their engagement and their profile in emergent industries, but there are other ways as well.

This is because their secret agenda has always already been the creation of a one-world government – a New World Order – bypassing nations and creating a system or web from which there is no escape.

The New World Order figures prominently in conspiracy theories and in literature such as Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World (1932) and George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four (1949). But during the millennium and start of the 21st century, demonstrations against globalism have been on the rise, responding to rapid developments in transnationalism.


Another aspect of the Anunnaki relevant here is their multicultural image. The Anunnaki have been written retroactively into all mythological systems, making them true transnationals. For example, they people the pages of the Indian Vedas, Babylonian myths, as well as the books of the Bible, and they are at the heart of ancient snake-worshipping cults worldwide. Moreover, they are literally seeded into the human genome through the Anunnaki engineering of the race, interbreeding alien genetics into all peoples, symbolized, for example in Genesis, as the saliva Jehovah mixes with clay to form the first man.

Also; through interbreeding can their genes have entered our gene pool and vice versa. Therefore some human individuals and bloodlines would have more of their DNA than others, and their alien DNA would likely show under analysis to be basically human, albeit rare and unusual.

One of the stories is about the role of secret societies.

Do you know that MOST of the elected US presidents are related to TWO single ancient “Royal” bloodlines? Meaning that they might seem to have different last names, but EVERY SINGLE TIME it’s the person with the MOST ROYAL GENES who gets elected!

Heaty disputed without any proper research.
Looks like that Elections are a scams but in other way’s as most expect. It is not actually possible to vote out secret society members which we should and listed accordingly, it would be ’illegal’ to do so.
They are lying to us and we just sit back and eat it up as we watch the TV pumping our minds with a FAKE reality.


To be a real member you have to have a certain strand of DNA in your body, the SAME strand (which connects all the way back to the ancient world) which ensures your position of power over the rest of Humanity.
The only choise they will ofer the electrorate.
How, Only chosen bloodlines get this privilege. Which ones, you ask? The ones which have the
“Reptilian” DNA encoding/mind set and the Freemasons act as the personnel department..

They are negative in emotions and rely heavily on scaremongering selecting occurring natural cycles. Time the so-called Millennium bug scare, behind the bank crash,

pandemics, swine-flue, covid 19, climate change by greatly distortion facts/figures and cashing. Control not only the media, but the
digital world/presentations for that purpose. Big Tech media/WEF/NWO.

Grave robbing is not the least of Skull & Bones’ crimes. Many may find it interesting that initiates also drink wine/blood from a human skull. George W. Bush claims to be a born-again Christian, while John Kerry claims to be Roman Catholic, yet they will not answer any questions of their affiliation with this Order.

One of Icke’s chief contributions to the discourse on the vampire lies in his immersion of
this figure into a vast web of clandestine organizations, from ancient mystery schools and cults like the
Brotherhood of the Snake to the Knights Templar and the Masonic Order, from global entities like the UN, the Trilateral Commission, and the Council on Foreign Relations to drug cartels, satanic churches, and the Black Nobility.

These ETs drain individuals of their sense of wellbeing through the manipulation and absorption of
libidinal energies and – ultimately – the theft of consciousness and agency. On the one hand, the location of the self that the Anunnaki attack seems closely linked to consumerist notions. Big Ego’s.

in its immersion in the constellation of contemporary conspiracy theories, in its reflection on
global capitalism, and in its blurring of historical and fictional narratives – has moved this structure of dissent from the cloak of darkness to the light of day.


The American people (and in fact the whole world is affected by this secret society THROUGH the right arm of the USA) have a right to know why this college fraternity is so secret that both candidates for the U.S. presidency refuse to speak of it.


Most importantly, does the oath to Skull & Bones supersede all previous and future oaths (as is common in occult organizations) such as the presidential oath of office? I think it would matter to most Americans if Bush or Kerry placed their hands on their Skull & Bones pin (over their heart) as they take the oath as president.

Grave robbing is not the least of Skull & Bones’ crimes. Many may find it interesting that initiates also drink wine/blood from a human skull. George W. Bush claims to be a born-again Christian, while John Kerry claims to be Roman Catholic, yet they will not answer any questions of their affiliation with this Order.

Bush’s conversion came years after his senior year at Yale (i.e. while he was living in Midland, Texas in the
mid 1980s). If his conversion is true, then why won’t he publicly sever his ties with Skull & Bones? Instead,
he gets nervous and annoyed when questioned about it.

The American people (and in fact the whole world is affected by this secret society THROUGH the right arm of the USA) have a right to know why this college fraternity is so secret that both candidates for the U.S. presidency refuse to speak of it.


Most importantly, does the oath to Skull & Bones supersede all previous and future oaths (as is common in occult organizations) such as the presidential oath of office? I think it would matter to most Americans if Bush or Kerry placed their hands on their Skull & Bones pin (over their heart) as they take the oath as president.
Which allegiance is stronger? Which comes first?


Which allegiance is stronger? Which comes first?

To become a highest degree Freemason (Illuminated 33rd degree of the Scottish rite lodge), you have to have FAMILY already in the lodge typically. A reference will only get you through the first three degrees
(the “Blue” degrees) and then you stop or get side tracked along another path. If you are not a “family member”, then you cannot achieve the highest degrees. Than you reach a cross point and are asked if you are willing to deface a cross or other religion artefact. If you say no than you are told you made the right choice, if you do it you are told you made the right choice and promoted to 33+, and include contacts/travel with aliens.

You have to have a certain strand of DNA in your body, the SAME strand (which connects all the way back to the ancient world) which ensures your position of power over the rest of Humanity. Why? Only chosen bloodlines get this privilege. Which ones, you ask? The ones which have the “Reptilian” DNA encoding

“Dragon blood lines”, also known as the “Anunnaki” in the Sumerian texts. Believe that it is their duty on the Earth, to “manage Humanity” until the return of their gods from other star-systems or dimensions.

Also; through interbreeding can their genes have entered our gene pool and vice versa. Therefore some human individuals and bloodlines would have more of their DNA than others, and their alien DNA would likely show under analysis to be basically human. The amount of blood / DNA to be about 2%.

Migrations out of Sumer.

The migrating peoples took their Blueblood leaders with them, as they were their royalty and kings.
The Sumerians became known as the sum-Aryans, or just, Aryans. They spread out across Asia into the
steppes of Russia and into the Northern Indian subcontinent.
The Aryan leaders, all Bluebloods, became the Sultans and Rajas of legend and history.
The Sumerians also migrated to the area known as the Caucasus Region, where the Khazars developed.
From the Caucasus Region, the Blueblood kings and their people spread west toward Europe, developing into the Franks, Cambrians, and Teutonic nationalities.

US/UK election manipulation based on Candace.

Do you know that MOST of the elected US presidents are related to TWO single ancient “Royal” bloodlines? Meaning that they might seem to have different last names, but EVERY SINGLE TIME it’s the person with the MOST ROYAL GENES who gets elected! Heaty disputed without any proper research.
Looks like that Elections are a scams but in other way’s as most expect.

It is not actually possible to vote out secret society members which we should and listed accordingly, it would be even ’illegal’ even to do so.
They are lying to us and we just sit back and eat it up as we watch the TV pumping our minds with a FAKE reality.


To be a real member you have to have a certain strand of DNA in your body, the SAME strand (which connects all the way back to the ancient world) which ensures your position of power over the rest of Humanity.
The only choise they will ofer the electrorate.
How, Only chosen bloodlines get this privilege. Which ones, you ask? The ones which have the
“Reptilian” DNA encoding/mind set. They are negative in emotions and rely heavily on scaremongering selecting occurring natural cycles and freemason/WEF/NWO members now. They have taken-up almost all important political decision places. Took decades to get that Job done but now completed.

They do decide and bound by their secrete oath and death as punishment.

Time the so-called Millennium bug scare, behind the bank crash, pandemics, swine-flue,
covid 19, climate change by greatly distortion facts/figures and cashing. Control not only the media, but the digital world/presentations for that purpose. Big Tech media/WEF/NWO.

Grave robbing is not the least of Skull & Bones’ crimes. Many may find it interesting that initiates also drink wine/blood from a human skull. George W. Bush claims to be a born-again Christian, while John Kerry claims to be Roman Catholic, yet they will not answer any questions of their affiliation with this Order.

“Hosti humani generis”:

Means the “enemies of all mankind”. I was happy to come across that Latin term the other day because I hadn’t felt right calling the current adversaries and a very active groups/Alien connect behind the current great reset.

An Occult concept representing a distinct non-physical entity that arises from a collective group of people.
“Egregore (also spelled egregor; from French égrégore, from Ancient Greek egr?goros ‘wakeful’) is an Historically, concept referred to angelic beings, or watchers, and the specific rituals and practices associated with them, namely within Enochian traditions.

More contemporarily, the concept has referred to a psychic manifestation, or thoughtform, occurring when any group shares a common motivation—being made up of, and influencing, the thoughts of the group.

In there background you find a + and signs of connect/involvement with aliens (33+):

The basis of the new global economy is significant, not only for it inclusivity, but also for its significant and shifting exclusions, marginalization’s, and hidden bypasses fraught through its great grid or network of power based relations.

Perhaps most revealing of all is the dissolution of the boundary between fantasy and reality – the
presentation of the vampire as an historical agent rather than a fictional character. Deeply ironic and radical, this slippage of fact and fantasy drives the vampire legacy much closer to its critical core.

Anunnaki vampires are perfectly suited to, and a perfect representation of, a global economy in the scope
of their engagement and their profile in emergent industries, but there are other ways as well.
This is because their secret agenda has always already been the creation of a one-world government –
a New World Order – bypassing nations and creating a system or web from which there is no escape.


The New World Order figures prominently in conspiracy theories and in literature such as Aldous Huxley’s
Brave New World (1932) and George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four (1949). But during the millennium and start of the 21st century, demonstrations against globalism have been on the rise, responding to rapid developments in transnationalism.

Scripture.

THERE are two worlds, “the visible, and the invisible,” as the Creed speaks, the world we see, and the world we do not see; and the world we do not see as really exists as the world we do see.
“While we look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen;
for the things which are seen are temporal, but the things which are not seen are eternal.”
2 Cor. iv. 18.


For the world, we see we know to exist, because we see it. We have but to lift up our eyes and look around us, and we have proof of it: our eyes tell us. We see the sun, moon and stars, earth and sky, hills and valleys, woods and plains, seas and rivers.
And again, we see men and the works of men. We see cities, and stately buildings, and their inhabitants; men running to and from, and busying themselves to provide for themselves and their families or to accomplish great designs, or for the very business’ sake.
All that meets our eyes from the visible world. It is an immense world; it reaches to the stars.
Thousands on thousands of years might we speed up the sky, and though we were swifter than the light itself, we should not reach them all.

They are at distances from us greater than any that is assignable. So high, so wide, so deep is the world; and yet it also comes near and close to us. It is everywhere; and it seems to leave no room for any other world.

And yet in spite of this universal world which we see, there is another invisible world, quite as far-spreading, quite as close to us, and more wonderful; another world all around us, though we see it not, and more wonderful than the world we see, for this reason, if for no other, that we do not see it.

All around us are numberless objects, coming and going, watching, working or waiting, which we see not: this is that other world, which the eyes reach not unto, but faith only.

Let us dwell upon this thought.
We are born into a world of sense; that is, of the real things which lie round about us, one great department comes to us, accosts us, through our bodily organs, our eyes, ears, and fingers.


We feel, hear, and see them; and we know they exist because we do thus perceive them.
Things innumerable lie about us, animate and inanimate; but one particular class of these innumerable things is thus brought home to us through our senses.
And moreover, while they act upon us, they make their presence known. We are sensible of them at the time, we are conscious that we perceive them.


We not only see, but know that we see them; we not only hold intercourse but know that we do.
We are among men, and we know that we are.
We feel cold and hunger; we know what sensible things remove them. We eat, drink, clothe ourselves, dwell in houses, converse and act with others, and perform the duties of social life; and we feel vivid that we are doing so, while we do so.

Such is our relation towards one part of the innumerable beings which lie around us. They act upon us, and we know it; and we act upon them in turn, and know we do.


But all this does not interfere with the existence of that other world which I speak of, acting upon us, yet not impressing us with the consciousness that it does so.
It may as really be present and exert an influence as that which reveals itself to us. And that such a world there is, Scripture tells us.

Do you ask what it is, and what it contains? I will not say that all that belongs to it is vastly more important than what we see, for among things visible are our fellow-men, and nothing created is more precious and noble than a son of man. But still, taking the things which we see altogether, and the things we do not see altogether, the world we do not see is, on the whole, a much higher world than that which we do see.

And in that other world are the souls also of the dead. They too, when they depart hence, do not cease to exist, but they retire from this visible scene of things; or, in other words, they cease to act towards us and before us through our senses.


They live as they lived before; but that outward frame, through which they were able to hold communion with other men, is in some way, we know not how, separated from them, and dries away and shrivels up as leaves may drop off a tree. They remain, but without the usual means of approach towards us, and correspondence with us.


As when a man loses his voice or hand, he still exists as before, but cannot any longer talk or write, or otherwise hold intercourse with us; so when he loses not voice and hand only, but his whole frame, or is said to die, there is nothing to show that he is gone, but we have lost our means of apprehending him.

When, indeed, persons feel it so difficult to conceive the existence among us of the world of spirits, because they are not aware of it, they should recollect how many worlds all at once are in fact contained in human society itself.


We speak of the political world, the scientific, the learned, the literary, the religious world; and suitably: for men are so closely united with some men, and so divided from others, they have such distinct objects of pursuit one from another, and such distinct principles and engagements in consequence, that in one and the same place there exist together a number of circles or (as they may be called) worlds, made up of invisible men, but themselves invisible, unknown, nay, unintelligible to each other.


Men move about in the common paths of life, and look the same; but there is little community of feeling between them; each knows little about what goes on in any other sphere than his own; and a stranger coming into any neighborhood would, according to his own pursuits or acquaintances, go away with an utterly distinct, or a reverse impression of it, viewed as a whole.

Ron Hubbard and the Markabians/ Marcabians!

ATTEMPT TO CATEGORIZE ALL OF THE VARIOUS ALIEN ENTITIES ENCOUNTERED
POSTED ONOCTOBER 15, 2012Authoradmin

Name: Markabians | Marcabians

AKA: Orion Crusaders

Location – Home System: Orion, Draco, Ursa Maior and Reticulum Zetas

Motives: work closely together with the Secret Government because of their shared agenda of a “new world order” of control and manipulation.

Physical Appearance:

Average Height: 4 1/2 Feet Tall
Hair: No Hair
Skin: Grey & Smooth
Special Traits and Abilities: these entities are said to use ‘external Merkabah’ to travel through time and space, may explain this semantic similarity.

Communication Type: Telepathic and Voice

Origin: Zeta Reticuli

Life Form Type: Greys

Summary/Description: L. Ron Hubbard, founder of the Church of Scientology, also pays a lot of attention to the Marcab Confederation and its members who are called Marcabians. The Marcab Confederation would be one of the most powerful civilizations, still active in our Galaxy. The Confederation is said to have been established 200,000 years ago. The Marcabians would be human-like, yet very oppressive, and would have ruled Earth at a given moment in time

Think AboutIt – AliensONE’S
POSTED ONSEPTEMBER 29, 2013Authoradmin

In prehistoric times a hi-tech society of pre-Nordic humans waged war with reptiloids based in Antarctica,
the war ended with the reptiloids being driven underground [below India] while the humanoids established their own civilization beneath Mongolia. The humanoids and reptiloids develop further technology enabling them to reach beyond planet earth. The species war continues off-planet, and is carried to the moon, to Mars, and eventually to the stars.

The humanoids establish a colony in Rigel Orion while the reptiloids establish an empire based on the planet Typhon [Alpha Draconis]. The Draconians attack Rigal yet several humanoids escape to Sirius-A, Vega Lyra and Procyon while others return to the Sol system [Jovian moons].

The Draco-backed Orion empire of the “Unholy Six” [six Draco controlled star systems] attack the Lyra systems and devastate three worlds, initially killing over 50 million Lyrans and more as the “war” continued.


Refugees escape to Taygeta Pleiades and Zenatae Andromeda. An onging war between Orion and Sirius
[Rigelian exiles] continues for centuries.

Draco-backed Orionite reptiloids [tall ‘greens’ and short ‘greys’] establish a Trojan horse treaty with Procyon after a failed invasion of that system, subverting their society until a takeover from within is carried out.
Several Procyonese freedom fighters escape and team up with others in Zenatae Andromeda, Taygeta Pleiades, and Tau Ceti.

The Sirians and Orions continue their battle over who will control the 21 worlds in this immediate star sector.
Both sides have imperialistic motives, the only difference being which species will dominate, humanoid or
reptiloid.

The Sirians and Orionites fight for the control and/or favor of the Egyptian ruling elite.
The Sirian humanoids win out and the Orions and the gnostic serpent cult [later to spawn the Grant Orient Lodge of Egyptian Freemasonry, the Gnostic Thule Society, and the Bavarian Illuminati] which serves them are driven underground where they establish the Gizeh or Kamagol-II cult.

The Sirians back the Masonic-based Allied forces in World War II while the Orionites back the Jesuit-based Axis forces. The underground networks under the Himalayas are divided between reptiloid factions operating within the caverns of Patalas [capital Bhoga-Vita] and humanoid factions operating within the caverns of Agharti [capital Shambhala-the-Lesser]. The Nazis themselves being allied with the Patalans and the Kamagol-II group while the Americans ally themselves with the Aghartians and the western branch of the same based in the sub-city of “Telos” below Mt. Shasta, California.

The same old Sirian/Orion wars, using planet earth as the staging ground.
The ancient “cult of the serpent” which began in Babylon resides within the Grant Orient Lodges of Egyptian Freemasonry and the other interlocking lodges to which it is connected.

The axis forces lose [temporarily] World War II, however the Jesuits continue their ongoing infiltration of the Masonic lodges that began in 1776 with the establishment of the Bavarian Illuminati by Jesuit Adam Weishaupt and the so-called Scottish Rite within the Jesuit college of Clermont in France. While this is occurring on earth the Orionites are working relentlessly to “hack” the Ashtarian electronic collective which links member worlds together via psionic subspace transceiver implants.

The computer-based collective is successfully infiltrated by the Orion forces, who begin using psyho-spiritual propaganda and manipulation to turn the Ashtar collective towards their agenda, masquerading as “Ascended Masters”.


A 9 ft. reptiloid named Hatonn feigns “defection” from the Kamagol-Draco-Orion group and insinuates himself into a position of ‘master scribe’ for the Ashtar collective, however his continued involvement with the Draco-Orion backed “ULTRA” bases under Antarctica and New Mexico suggest that he is actually a double agent, and certainly he shares the same anti-Semitic views as his “Nazi” allies under Antarctica.

See also 1999: The Race from Alpha Draconis
Axis forces escape to Antarctica, Argentina, and even North America, infiltrating the military-industrial,
intelligence, psychiatric, petro- chemical and other levels, creating a fascist corpocrasy which begins
siphoning trillions of dollars “down the tubes” into their military industrial empire, where the early Nazi
treaties with the Draco-Orion forces continue. The U.S. govt. also falls into the alien treaty trap.
An intelligence war breaks out between Orion=Kamagol-Jesuit-Nazi forces operating in the NSA’s AQUARIUS and MAJI agencies, and anti-grey factions of the military operating within the NAVY’s COM-12 and CABAL agencies.

The CIA, MJ-12 and DON are used as mediator agencies by the Orion factions and as “moles” through which to gain access to the remaining patriotic factions of the military, and begin to win the “intelligence war” through counter infiltration of the Navy and “suicide assassinations” like that of Navy Admiral Boorda and others who resist the “New World Order” [which is a joint collaboration between Luciferian, Draconian, and Human sorcerers based ultimately under the Gizeh plateau].

The Navy learns that it is dealing with techno-psycho-sorcerers motivated by astral parasites and that they can only come to parity at best with the intellect and technology of the alien group mind, leaving the only possible battleground where victory can be obtained being in the supernatural realm, since the astral parasites which incarnate and link the aliens together into the “hive” mind are entirely dependent on their material hosts just as the material aliens are entirely dependent on the astral parasites… the two being unable to succeed without the other.

The astral entities which incarnate the aliens are also capable of “projecting” into human bodies to possess their minds, or to abduct human astral forms, or even serve as the “masterminds” behind armies of mindless bacteria and viruses within a human body, directing these viruses in unison to carry out physically destructive “missions” to destroy humans who are a threat to their agenda, UNLESS those humans are tapped in to a higher spiritual/supernatural source than the aliens are.

Several Christian abductees exercising their ‘faith’ begin to frustrate the alien agenda in that the aliens are
entirely dependent on empowerment from their ‘astral’ benefactors to maintain the key to their success… i.e. their ability to channel vamperial demonic energies via black magic in order to paralyze and control the minds of humans.

Alien forces however continue to infiltrate, fearing that the Navy might realize that the only way
they can defeat them is in the supernatural.

The greys, and their repti-poltergeist overlords [Genesis ch. 3 – Revelation ch. 12] begin a massive campaign of anti Christian propaganda to prevent U.S. military forces from realizing that the aliens are symbiotic astral-material beings, and that the only means to defeat them is essentially for the generals and chaplains to begin working together to fight a nemesis that has resulted in the collapsing of the ancient barriers between the spiritual and material worlds.

The symbiotic reptilian-poltergeist races of Draconis-Orion continue in their infiltration of the Ashtar collective.

The infiltration of the Ashtar collective especially in Sirius-B allows the Draco-Orion forces to infiltrate and
conquer one particular planet in Sirius-B, formerly inhabited by ‘Nordics’ yet the reptiloids began to infiltrate and “replace” the humanoids via shape-shifting, technosis, plasto-genetic surgery, and laser-holograms or a combination of the above. Another planet in Sirius-B [Bellaton] remained however under human control.
The Draco-Orion backed planet in Sirius-B begins a massive campaign to amass a huge military space armada of warships for the purpose of invading planet earth strategically at a time when the eco-political systems are collapsing [with the help of their fifth column agents already one earth]. As result of currently assisting treaties in this part of the Galaxy a direct invasion is not likely, but an intervention is underway, an attempted to create a so-called asking for help with ( fake ) agreement of us. Being the one world government and transfer Earth Sovereignty to the Aliens and after that Africa for use by them.

See also 2010: David Icke & Credo Mutwa — The Reptilian Agenda
The invasion is scheduled for 2004 [the REAL purpose for most abductee programming], and the invasion force intends to join with their fifth column forces on and under planet earth [Kamagol-II cult and its extensions at Pine Gap Australia and Dulce/Los Alamos New Mexico] to enforce the New World Order’s electronic “assimilation” of the planet into the Draco- Orion “Hive” into which much of the Ashtar collective itself has since been assimilated.

The purpose is so that planet earth and its unique animal, vegetable, chemical, liquid, mineral,
genetic-metagene, energy and electromagnetic resources along with time-space vortex gates above and below ground can be assimilated so that planet earth can be used as a staging base to attack the enemies of the “Hive” on other worlds and in other dimensions.

The Ashtar collective in Sirius splits down the middle, one faction siding with the non-interventionist and the other with the interventionist forces. Deadly civil war erupts in Sirius as efforts are made to prevent the armada from leaving the system. Because of the sheer mass of the armada [some ships up to 500 miles long], they must travel the 9 light years to earth at sub-light speeds, but they have calculated their arrival time to be around 2004, give or take a year.

Federation forces enter the Sol system to “blockade” vanguard Draco-Orionite ships, smaller carriers capable of hyperspace travel, and massive battles occur at the edge of our system in the mid-1990’s. Many ships are lost on both sides, but several Draco- Orionite vessels make it to earth to join-up with their subterran forces, and try to rescue other of their comrades from parallel dimensions in which they have become trapped as a result of Federation missions to destroy fourth dimensional time-branches which are energized by feeding off of the main timeline in a parasitical manner.

These localized fourth dimensional time branches were illegally created by Draco-Orion-Sirian interference with earth’s space-time-dimension energy matrix. Along with Andromedan, Pleiadean, Procyonese, and Tau Cetian forces involved in the Solar “blockade”, a force from Capella also assisted in the blockade.
The Capellans are a reptilian yet female-dominated society, once slaves of the insectilian “white greys” from Epsilon Bootes who had infiltrated the Capellan world under order from the central empire in Alpha Draconis.

Many incoming regressive vessels were destroyed as a result of the bravery of these female reptilian warriors from Capella. In spite of this the “blockade” is starting to buckle, and the Federation may not be able to stop the main Draco-Orion fleet from Sirius-B from entering our system just following the turn of the century.


It may now be up to us and God to keep planet earth free. Our negative energies literally FEED the regressive forces, because they are Luciferian backed, so the key to defeating the enemy without is to defeat the enemy within.

See also 2001: MENACING ENCOUNTERS
Meanwhile the Draco-Orion forces are using a frozen planet just outside of our system, actually a protostar that did not have enough mass to generate stellar fusion and instead condensed into a large frozen planet the size of Jupiter, detectable only by infra-red [IRIS] satellites. Code named “Nemesis” by government insiders, the planet is being used by the Draco-Orion imperial forces as a cryogenic holding place for Draco warriors.

Nemesis has been sending carrier ships, actually excavated asteroids, to earth from Nemesis ever since two of them entered geosynchronous orbits simultaneously around earth in 1952, causing quite a stir among astronomers and leading to the “negotiations” at Holloman and Muroc/Edwards Air Force Bases in spite of dire warning by Federation representatives [who landed at Homestead Air Force Base in Florida] to have absolutely nothing to do with the “greys” from the asteroid carrier ships, as they could not be trusted.

Possibly due to heavy infiltration of the NSA from regressive subterranean forces allied to the orbiting “greys”, the U.S. government ignored the warnings of the Federation and went ahead with negotiations.
Some claim that the NSA was already allied to the sub-terrain greys and the negotiations with their off-planet allies was nothing more than the next logical step. Nemesis is still sending “asteroids” into the Sol system, one of the latest being 1620-Geographos.

The Martian moon Phobos is also controlled by Greys, allegedly the home base of some 2000 “original greys” capable of egg-reproduction, which serve as the genetic source for the millions of grey “clone-drones” which are operating within the Sol system. These asteroid-carriers are used as staging bases for planet earths subversion, and for abduction/programming missions. Three asteroid-carriers — one of each controlled by Alpha Draco, Rigel Orion and Sirius-B forces — enter the system under the cover of Hale-Bopp’s cometary tail, and “jump ship” as Hale-Bopp rounds the Sun, taking up orbits around Mercury.

The Orion-backed Jesuit lodge and the Sirian backed Masonic lodge [long since infiltrated by Orion-back forces] establish a collaboration of convenience known as the Bilderberger society [13 Masons, 13 Reptiloid shape-shifting “Jesuits”, and 13 black nobility members control this group].

All are working towards the establishment of the New World Order. The massive infiltration of the Masonic controlled military-industrial complex by Orion backed fascists following WW-II, and in turn the M.I.C.’s underground networks, has set the stage for America’s downfall [or what’s left of America after the ancient ‘Babylonian’ spirits invaded and took control of most of the ‘system’ as it is being run from Washington D.C.]. The enemy is posed to attack from above [Draconians], from below [Black Ops], and from without [Machiavellian U.N. pawns]. If the forces of truth and liberty on earth are destroyed, then the forces of darkness will use this planet at a staging base to spread their empire and their poison throughout the galaxy.

Are we going to let that happen? We can not win alone, we need a power greater then ourselves. Is the key found in the 12 chapter of the book of Revelation, where we read how Michael the Archangel will wage war with those reptilian forces that have allied themselves with the Luciferian conspiracy… the “war in heaven”!?

Link: Cabal /UN & Freemasons and Alien connect?

Pictures of Bin Laden as published online?

Tears For Fears’ 1985 hit

“Everybody Wants to Rule The World”

Pictures of Bin Laden as published online?

with lyrics below.

Welcome to your life

There’s no turning back

Even while we sleep

We will find you acting on your best behavior

Turn your back on Mother Nature

Everybody wants to rule the world

It’s my own design

It’s my own remorse

Help me to decide

Help me make the most

Of freedom and of pleasure

Nothing ever lasts forever

Everybody wants to rule the world

There’s a room where the light won’t find you

Holding hands while the walls come tumbling down

When they do I’ll be right behind you

So glad we’ve almost made it

So sad they had to fade it

Everybody wants to rule the world

I can’t stand this indecision

Married with a lack of vision

Everybody wants to rule the world

Say that you’ll never never never never need it

One headline why believe it?

Everybody wants to rule the world

All for freedom and for pleasure

Nothing ever lasts forever

Everybody wants to rule the world

Click here for video please:

Links: humanityandearth.com

Happy New Year 2024

Other News/Stories and conspiracies

Dimensional frequencies, Quantum Truths, and Compassion.

The Human biofield

Humanity birth-rights now under attack. by the NWO?UN?WEF

Many of our natural and fundamental rights including Freewill are not being respected by governments

Hidden Reptilians and others.

Galactic Federations.
Star Trek,

The coming Chaos

There are to many unexplained deaths!

symbols

Fear and energy.

Globalist behind poisoning the earth & ET.

Humans are not at the top of the food chain but part of it!UN & NWO
Monkey Virus DNA Found in COVID-19 Shots
Cheats, liars and greed our newly elected Saints.
Dissident control in China being copied by the WEST?
Globalist fantasies?

Underwater base located in Antarctica!

Pentagon UFO whistleblower.

Globalist fantasies?

Our Elite, trying to connect the dots?

‘censorship-industrial complex’

The apocalyptic fantasies of ‘climate change’ cultists

Healing frequencies

Fallen Angels

Humans are not at the top of the food chain but part of it!

Med Care, alien development and offer!

De-population attempts?
The great food reset.
The physical Universe.
Antarctica and the hollow planets!
Is planet Earth hell?
Humanity & History!
Health and Ageing!
Mind control, US destruction from inside out!
Africa, Marduk’s Bluff? & Alien response & Putin.
The Biofield and low frequent EM field/waves.
Liberalism now lost?
Dulce, New Mexico, whistle-blower rapport by Thomas Edwin Castello.
Numbers 3, 7, 9,11,13, 33, 39.and the Free- Masons & illuminati.
Loosh, energy generated by all organic life forms.
Mad Science from Dr Mercola publication.
End of the Western Democracy and liberalism.

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity? 

Messing with vaccinations? 

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! 

UFO & CIA 

By Ron Hubbard, Founder.

Messing with our food? 

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Forcing the New Dystopian future.

History of the human build UFO’s

Humanity being sold like cattle, agenda 21 UN.

EU Central bank, pushing for Digital currency.

Fake Meat & Junk Food

Pushing for a nuclear war?

energy-from-space.com links:

Use of frequencies and effects on our bio energy field that surrounds our body.

A new U.S. & Alien agreement as claimed by Israeli-Scientist?

US considering admitting working with Aliens and do research on Mars.

NWO & WHO coupe, the Alien card.

Magnetic energy generator.

China and free energy Technology.

The Moray story.

Free magnetic energy generator.

Class war & covid. 

Global tax scam. 

Owners of the empire. 

Tesla and wireless electricity. 

Healing and Channeling device. 

Big companies who brought us Toxins, food and climate changes. 

Biofuels & food. 

Nature and unification. 

The climate debate!

Finite Element Model for Atmospheric IR-Absorption Joseph Reynen. (CO2)

“There is class war, right, but it is my class, the class of the rich, that is waging war.

Free energy and T. E. Bearden, Ph.D

The invisible world and our Pineal Gland!

Our real time connection with the universe in total. We are not alone nor have we ever been! It is also part of ours. No higher type of advanced civilization could/did develop on earth. Evolution is a very slow process.

Awe and shock.

For the world, we see we know to exist, because we see it. We have but to lift up our eyes and look around us, and we have proof of it: our eyes tell us. We see the sun, moon and stars, earth and sky, hills and valleys, woods and plains, seas and rivers.


And again, we see men and the works of men. We see cities, and stately buildings, and their inhabitants; men running to and fro, and busying themselves to provide for themselves and their families or to accomplish great designs, or for the very business’ sake.
All that meets our eyes from the visible world. It is an immense world; it reaches to the stars.


Thousands on thousands of years might we speed up the sky, and though we were swifter than the light itself, we should not reach them all. They are at distances from us greater than any that is assignable. So high, so wide, so deep is the world; and yet it also comes near and close to us. It is everywhere; and it seems to leave no room for any other world.

Let us dwell upon this thought.
We are born into a world of sense; that is, of the real things which lie round about us, one great department comes to us, accosts us, through our bodily organs, our eyes, ears, and fingers.
We feel, hear, and see them; and we know they exist because we do thus perceive them.
Things innumerable lie about us, animate and inanimate; but one particular class of these innumerable things is thus brought home to us through our senses.


And moreover, while they act upon us, they make their presence known. We are sensible of them at the time, we are conscious that we perceive them.


We not only see, but know that we see them; we not only hold intercourse but know that we do.
We are among men, and we know that we are.
We feel cold and hunger; we know what sensible things remove them. We eat, drink, clothe ourselves, dwell in houses, converse and act with others, and perform the duties of social life; and we feel vivid that we are doing so, while we do so.

Scripture.

THERE are two worlds, “the visible, and the invisible,” as the Creed speaks, the world we see, and the world we do not see; and the world we do not see as really exists as the world we do see.
“While we look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen;
for the things which are seen are temporal, but the things which are not seen are eternal.”
2 Cor. iv. 18.
Which we see not: this is that other world, which the eyes reach not unto, but faith only.

And yet in spite of this universal world which we see, there is another invisible world, quite as far-spreading, quite as close to us, and more wonderful; another world all around us, though we see it not, and more wonderful than the world we see, for this reason, if for no other, that we do not see it.

All around us are numberless objects, coming and going, watching, working or waiting,

So energy is an important part of manifestation. It is easy to realize that the thought form always precedes manifestation.
Basically, the idea is like a blueprint, it creates the image of the form, which then can be solidified by adding energy. Its manifestation has to be on the physical plane as part as our physical universe is involved.

To make everything happen some agreements were made between the spirits and the most important are:

That energy can be created by spirits, but not destroyed.
So, the universe will keep expanding as long as spirits keep adding more new energy
into it.

An-others is food and reproduction resulting in the partners involved becoming predators.

Has not been the case from the beginning but the replacement of lost biological entities to expensive and some can still remember that period. Also many humans and lost at the fact that every-one being a manifestation in the physical world is/becomes a source of food upwards.

We we as humans produce in addition vibrations (frequencies) other higher developed mostly invisible entities need. You need energy to manifest in our physical Universe including the not tp us visible ones.

Schematic there are five different layers of existence within a human alone.

Seven densities or scales depending on development.

STO stands for service to others ( social beings like us)

STS service to self. Godlike, know better, the biggest, the best, the smartest, addicted to power and Greed.

The spiritual dimensions as shown differ from physical ones. We, you and me are now a 3 and after passing to become invisible and be a 4. It is possible to temporally switch but not very easy. It is called shape shifting.

Emotions play an important role.

The more activated emotions the higher the output. Basically a direct current is produced in our mitochondria which can be modulated/changed in different frequencies depend on the type of emotions. Awareness and consciousness, love, content, happiness produce high frequent type vibrations while low frequencies the result of stress, fear, sickness, pain, death. The spiritual forms that use negative emotions currently rule the earth.

have created and strengthening that bastion or prison but most humans are no longer even aware of it. There is no hell but if than it would be Earth according to Airl the Alien captured in Roswell. Depending on development of spirits and related souls they are classified between 1 and 7 called densities.

The State, institutions, Cabal/banks and others are trying to convince the people that they are no more than a temporally manifestation on earth and not more. Their game institutionally of fear and use it to push and control what you do. Negative beings and resulting in all kind of misfits/scams.

Creator story:

Before the formation of the physical universe, there was a vast period during which universes were not solid, but wholly illusions. You might say that the universe was a universe of magical illusions which were made to appear and vanish at the will of the magician. In every case, the “magician” was one or more spirits. Many of us on earth can still recall vague images from that period. Tales of magic, sorcery and enchantment, fairy tales and mythology speak of such things, although in very crude terms.
The main disadvantage of creating an illusion is that an illusion must be continually created. If that is not the case it disappears. Continual creation of an illusion requires incessant attention to every detail of the illusion in order to sustain it, a problem solved by adding energy into its shape, solidifying the illusion.


Everything in creation did start from a thought, next followed by an idea/visualization with no weight nor size but a projected location in space.
To put it in other words: Thoughtform, idea plus energy resulting in Manifestation in the physical plane.
The tough forms are quick, light and older than any matter. The idea will manifest much faster than the matter shape. Therefore the thought form always precedes manifestation.
You think I will make my family a fine dinner follow by action/energy to create it.

Such is our relation towards one part of the innumerable beings which lie around us. They act upon us, and we know it; and we act upon them in turn, and know we do.
But all this does not interfere with the existence of that other world which I speak of, acting upon us, yet not impressing us with the consciousness that it does so.
It may as really be present and exert an influence as that which reveals itself to us. And that such a world there is, Scripture tells us.

Do you ask what it is, and what it contains? I will not say that all that belongs to it is vastly more important than what we see, for among things visible are our fellow-men, and nothing created is more precious and noble than a son of man. But still, taking the things which we see altogether, and the things we do not see altogether, the world we do not see is, on the whole, a much higher world than that which we do see.

And in that other world are the souls also of the dead. They too, when they depart hence, do not cease to exist, but they retire from this visible scene of things; or, in other words, they cease to act towards us and before us through our senses but not our third eye hidden inside our brain.

Even on the oldest finds you find its symbol countless times. Our connection between visual and not visual being the waves, frequencies/vibrations but also being denied/hidden/science/State.

Industrial waste

Their are three ways’ in which you can damage our third Eye with Fluoride. It will than calcinate it from the inside out. Added to our water, part of some medication and harmful frequencies in our surroundings like air, home, building.

It is in the beginning of 1900 that it was discovered that adding iodine to water in the many prison camps in the Russia possible to dump the prisoners’ down and much easier to control. With millions of people displaced/ killed/ food supply disrupted many other undernourished/starving. Than Hitler involved himself and using it too. Many specialist where well aware of the consequences and research done but every time re-introduced time and time again for the last 100 years. The discussion still going and the WHO have let the people known to be in favor of introducing it world wide after they get control.


They live as they lived before; but that outward frame, through which they were able to hold communion with other men, is in some way, we know not how, separated from them, and dries away and shrivels up as leaves may drop off a tree. They remain, but without the usual means of approach towards us, and correspondence with us.

As when a man loses his voice or hand, he still exists as before, but cannot any longer talk or write, or otherwise hold intercourse with us; so when he loses not voice and hand only, but his whole frame, or is said to die, there is nothing to show that he is gone, but we have lost our means of apprehending him.

When, indeed, persons feel it so difficult to conceive the existence among us of the world of spirits, because they are not aware of it, they should recollect how many worlds all at once are in fact contained in human society itself.
We speak of the political world, the scientific, the learned, the literary, the religious world; and suitably: for men are so closely united with some men, and so divided from others, they have such distinct objects of pursuit one from another, and such distinct principles and engagements in consequence, that in one and the same place there exist together a number of circles or (as they may be called) worlds, made up of invisible men, but themselves invisible, unknown, nay, unintelligible to each other.
Men move about in the common paths of life, and look the same; but there is little community of , working or waiting, which we see not: this is that other world, which the eyes reach not unto, but faith only.


Each knows little about what goes on in any other sphere than his own; and a stranger coming into any neighborhood would, according to his own pursuits or acquaintances, go away with an utterly distinct, or a reverse impression of it, viewed as a whole.

Or again, leave for a while the political and commercial excitement of some large city, and take refuge in a secluded village; and there, in the absence of news of the day, consider the mode of life and habits of mind, the employment and views of its inhabitants; and say whether the world, when regarded in its separate portions, is not more unlike itself than it is unlike the world of Angels which Scripture places in the midst of it?

A painter has an idea or inspiration than start to create the painting.

Happiness is the some of different emotions not an emotion in itself!
It merely reflects the quality or intensity of our life and can be changed and adapted really easy if you know how.
Positive thing is one technique. Positive friends, health environment, the social fabric but above all the state of your mind.
We can all agree, axiomatically and by our own experience, that happiness is a conscious subjective experience of an “emotion” which produces certain mental and physiological sensations of “feeling good” to an individual.
This is not just a change of words. To understand what the essential nature of happiness is we must understand what the essential nature of emotion is. Just like to understand what “color” is we have to understand what “light” is.
A change of words is to say happiness is contentment, satisfaction, pleasure or joy – for ALL of them are some type of emotion.
You can also see there can never be “lack of emotion” – absence of emotion – but there are a very low energy emotion Like fear, stress, and higher frequent type emotions is love for example, awareness.

The more there are the lower type of frequencies present the worse life be=comes from a quality aspect an be influenced using your mind.


Again, What is emotion? What role does emotion play? What causes happiness?
The lower your emotional frequency level, less and less creative power you have while feeling worse and worse.


The higher your emotional frequency level, and once in the frequency range of happiness, more and more creative power you will have, better and better you will feel, and the more intensively you will live.

– The sky is the limit! All you need to live in Authentic Happiness is learn to increase the frequency of your energy, of your emotions, at any NOW moment in time.
You don’t have to wait until tomorrow to be happy. You can be happy right now by self-generating the right emotion and feeling.

The formula for constant authentic happiness consist of just ONE STEP:
Increase your frequency! Think about something you love, do something you like, use music just name it.
Increasing your frequency will change your behavior, increase your creative power, and you’ll live an exceptional life.
This sounds so amazingly simple. It is! – Yet so devastatingly effective and, it’s doable!
You are NOT at the seemingly mercy of your emotions over which it appears you have no control.
Yes, emotion control is in your hands.
Yes, You can set your emotion in motion.
Yes, Emotion regulation is one of your natural abilities.
Yes, You can handle your own energy.
Yes, You can feel happiness NOW!

Power & Greed

Is WHO a Front Organization for the Takeover of U.S. Government?

Analysts warn that the ratification of the World Health Organization’s (WHO) pandemic treaty and amendments to the International Health Regulations could strip away sovereignty from nation-states and place public health decision-making power in the hands of the WHO and its director-general.

By 

Michael Nevradakis, Ph.D.

Link copied

Miss a day, miss a lot. Subscribe to The Defender’s Top News of the DayIt’s free.

Editor’s note: This is part one of a two-part series on how the World Health Organization’s proposed pandemic treaty and amendments to the International Health Regulations could strip nations and people of their health decision-making sovereignty.

The World Health Organization’s (WHO) World Health Assembly (WHA) will convene May 21-30 in Geneva, Switzerland, to discuss the proposed “pandemic treaty” and amendments to the International Health Regulations (IHR).

Many analysts have warned that the ratification of either or both of these instruments would diminish or completely strip away sovereignty from nation-states and place public health decision-making power in the hands of the WHO and its director-general.

Details around how this might happen in the U.S., however, are difficult to pinpoint — partly because of the secrecy surrounding negotiations and partly because of the complex combination of domestic and international law that would have to come into play in order to strip U.S. sovereignty.

“If these amendments and if this pandemic treaty are passed, then that would basically be the end of our national sovereignty,” said lawyer Reggie Littlejohn, co-founder of the Sovereignty Coalition, founder and president of Women’s Rights Without Frontiers and co-chair of the Stop Vaccine Passports Task Force.

Francis Boyle, J.D., Ph.D., professor of international law at the University of Illinois and a bioweapons expert who drafted the Biological Weapons Anti-Terrorism Act of 1989, agreed. He described the WHO’s proposed instruments as “an attempt to take over the United States of America by using the WHO as a front for that purpose.”

“This is being backed by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Bill Gates, the Chinese communist dictatorship, Big Pharma and the biowarfare industry,” Boyle said.

Boyle said there’s been so much opposition to the dictates coming out of Washington over the handling of the pandemic “that these elites have decided to go to the WHO and use the WHO as a front organization to accomplish its objectives.”

Author and podcast host Frank Gaffney, founder and president of the Center for Security Policy and co-founder of the Sovereignty Coalition, named some other key actors supporting the WHO proposals. He said:

“It’s a little unclear how this is going to play out, but it seems the folks who are bringing this to us, not just the WHO but the Chinese Community Party, Bill Gates, Big Pharma and the World Economic Forum — and not least of course, the U.S. government — are determined to try to jam the thing through, preferably without anybody really knowing that it’s going on, let alone what the implications of it are going to be for our country and for freedom-loving people around the world.”

Boyle, who has studied treaties going back to the First Hague Peace Conference of 1899, said the pandemic treaty “will automatically come into effect immediately upon its signature,” adding that he knows of no such treaty in existence today that does this.

“You will have a medical global police state issuing orders all the way down here in the United States,” Boyle said, “contravening state local health authorities, your governor, your local attorney general, your local surgeon general, and contravening all your democratically elected officials to accomplish this.”

The IHR amendments will deliver the same result via different means, and “will give these totalitarian dictatorial powers to Dr. Tedros [WHO director-general],” Boyle said.

Independent journalist and researcher James Roguski said one way this erosion of sovereignty will be accomplished is through the power of the purse. He said:

“I have dug up previously in the Foreign Affairs Manual of the United States that any treaty negotiations have to take into account the budgetary requirements of the agreement … They’re supposed to be consulting with Congress about that.

“And so, it has to be implemented into law to fund it. And if you’re agreeing to spend billions of dollars, that’s essentially taking away the right of the people to decide through Congress how money is spent. That seems to be an attack on sovereignty over how you spend your money.”

According to Littlejohn, “If you put these two instruments together … what you end up with is the establishment of a global biomedical totalitarian surveillance state. And it works in a number of ways.”

According to the most recent draft of the IHR amendments, Littlejohn said, “They want to strike the word ‘non-binding,’ so that the IHR would become binding and the WHO would go from being an advisory body to a regulatory body.”

The proposal to remove the term “non-binding” came from Bangladesh, Littlejohn said, adding that there is “language in the IHR amendments that allows the WHO to step in and take power even without declaring a pandemic or a public health emergency. It just has to be a potential public health risk.”

Roguski said the EU proposed this provision, which refers to the recognition of a potential “pandemic situation” as opposed to an actual pandemic.

Littlejohn also cited provisions of the pandemic treaty (page 23, article 17), allowing the WHO “to tackle false, misleading misinformation or disinformation” in the name of strengthening pandemic or public health literacy.

“[In subsection B], it says that the parties … agree to conduct regular social listening and analysis to identify the prevalence and profiles of misinformation … So, this is surveillance and censorship that’s being set up in the treaty,” she added.

Writing for The Daily ScepticDr. David Bell, a public health physician and biotech consultant and former director of global health technologies at Intellectual Ventures Global Good Fund, said the two proposed WHO instruments “aim to undo centuries of democratic reform that based sovereignty with individuals, and by extension their state.”

An ‘end run’ around state and local control?

It’s not clear exactly how the proposed pandemic treaty and IHR amendments will be used to supersede U.S. domestic law, according to Boyle. But he said it likely will be accomplished through a combination of several domestic laws, documents, legal provisions and court rulings.

The first of these documents is a joint resolution by both houses of Congress authorizing the U.S. to join the WHO, Boyle said, explaining that a joint resolution of Congress is just like a statute. “After the joint resolution was ratified, President Truman signed the WHO Constitution and it was sent into the depositary,” Boyle said.

What this means, according to Boyle, is that “the WHO Constitution … is just like a treaty that has received the advice and consent of two-thirds of the Senate and is the supreme law of the land under Article 6 of the U.S. Constitution … so it didn’t really matter that the Senate did not give its advice and consent by a two-thirds vote.”

Article 19 of the WHO Constitution gives the WHA the authority to adopt conventions or agreements — such as the pandemic treaty — by a two-thirds vote,” Boyle said.

Because there isn’t a quorum requirement in the WHA, “It could be a very small number of states that actually show up,” Boyle said. As a result, “the chair of the WHA … could get up and say, ‘I move for it to be adopted by consensus if no one dissents,’ and that’s that.”

The WHO Constitution circumvents the U.S. Congress via its provision that any treaty “can provisionally come into force after approval by the WHA,” Boyle said.

According to Boyle, this violates the WHO and U.S. Constitutions and also “normal practice under the Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties,” an international agreement governing treaties between states, which he said, “does not provide for treaties to provisionally come into force after they are signed or approved.”

Littlejohn noted that not only can any treaty “provisionally come into force” after WHA approval, but portions of treaties or agreements also can. As a result, “in whole or in part, the pandemic treaty can be applied provisionally … it’s possible that certain parts of the treaty” might be passed this month and could be brought to force provisionally.

Malaysia proposed a change to Article 42 of the IHR amendments, saying that recommendations have to be implemented “as soon as possible,” Boyle said. As a result, “If you have to implement recommendations, they’ve suddenly become binding. That gives up sovereignty and freedoms all over the place.”

Another document that can be used to strip the U.S. of its sovereignty is the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2023 (NDAA), Boyle said. This law includes language “to facilitate national capacity to comply with and adhere to … other relevant frameworks that contribute to global health security.”

“The Biden administration can take the position that because of the NDAA of 2023, it can simply go right ahead and provisionally adhere to the terms of the pandemic treaty without the advice and consent of the Senate,” Boyle said. “The moment it gets reported out of the WHA, Biden can say ‘I’m invoking the NDAA’ to comply with and adhere to ‘other relevant frameworks that contribute to global health security.’”

According to Littlejohn, the language stating that the U.S. is “obligated to comply with and adhere to any relevant framework that contributes to global health security” likely includes both WHO instruments. “They can argue that … this passed through Congress … we’ve already agreed to ‘adhere to and comply with,’” Littlejohn said.

Boyle added the NDAA also includes the Global Pandemic Prevention and Biosecurity Act of 2022, which “paves the way for the IHR amendments and this treaty.” He argued that, through this, “the U.S. Congress has already given its authorization to both the IHR amendments and the treaty.”

These provisions would circumvent the 10th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution, which says that police powers reside in the hands of the states, not the federal government.

“Police powers include public health,” Boyle said, “so the Biden administration could take the position immediately upon approving the WHA treaty, that we could provisionally bring that whole treaty into force, and that circumvents the 10th Amendment,” under the aegis of the NDAA, via the Constitution’s Supremacy Clause.

Boyle cited two Supreme Court decisions, U.S. v. Belmont (1937) and U.S. v. Pink (1942), “where the Supreme Court upheld executive agreements as the constitutional equivalent of treaties when it comes to circumventing the 10th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution — that’s the danger here.”

According to Boyle, though the current IHR, enacted in 2005, “were only recommended,” the U.S. government and U.S. Department of State nevertheless “took the position that this was a binding international agreement, that they listed in a publication called U.S. Treaties in Force.”

“They’re still there today,” Boyle said, “which means that even though they have not received the advice and consent of two-thirds of the Senate, nevertheless they were approved by the executive branch of government in accordance with the WHO Constitution, which in turn had been approved by this joint resolution of Congress.”

Boyle argued that “this whole process … was produced by the fact that there was a lot of domestic opposition here in the U.S. on a state and local basis to all the orders coming out of Washington, D.C. … including the lockdowns and the vaccine mandates.”

As a result, said Boyle, “seeing how much opposition there was to these totalitarian measures under the COVID pandemic, they decided to do an end run around all that state and local opposition and the 10th Amendment and state and local governments, by going to the WHO and turning all this into an international treaty or agreement.”

“They can then come back here and compel state and local governments and democratically elected officials to comply with that international agreement,” he said.

“The bottom line is, the Biden administration is behind all of this, and they are the ones who definitely intend to carry it out,” Boyle said. “The NDAA, the treaty and the regulations are part of a package to steamroll at least the IHR amendments right on through. It’s clear that Fauci and the State Department … are behind all this, it’s all being coordinated and they’re going to do it.”

Subscribe to The Defender – It’s Free!

O.O4% almost nothing. Estimated that at 0.03 the growth of most plants is going to stop.

At 0.02% trees starting to collapse.

Subscribe to The Defender – It’s Free!

humanityandearth.com links:

Mind Control Techniques

The fifth column, NWO & Alien agenda!

New, Health & Bible, lifestyles!

End to Green dictate by the EU, IMF, World Banks others.

Use of blackmail & distortion

Pope and climate change?

UN & NWO
Monkey Virus DNA Found in COVID-19 Shots
Cheats, liars and greed our newly elected Saints.
Dissident control in China being copied by the WEST?
Globalist fantasies?

Planet earth is hollow at most of it’s inner part. Between inner and utter core.

Underwater base located in Antarctica!

Pentagon UFO whistleblower.

Globalist fantasies?

Our Elite, trying to connect the dots?

‘censorship-industrial complex’

The apocalyptic fantasies of ‘climate change’ cultists

Healing frequencies

Fallen Angels

Humans are not at the top of the food chain but part of it!

Pushing the fake & synthetic food agenda! – My Blog (humanityandearth.com)

Pushing the fake & synthetic food agenda!

UN and the cancel culture

Nature as the last Sanctuary

The Federal Reserve Endgame Is Not a Collapse, It’s Global Domination

New Studies Deliver Harsh Verdicts on Mask Mandates, Vaccine Mandates for U.S. Cities

Emergency powers should be used only in case of war.

Messing with vaccinations?

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! – My Blog (humanityandearth.com)

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society!

Ron Hubbard, Founder, of the Church of Scientology.

De-population attempts?
The great food reset.
The physical Universe.
Antarctica and the hollow planets!
Is planet Earth hell?
Humanity & History!
Health and Ageing!
Mind control, US destruction from inside out!
Africa, Marduk’s Bluff? & Alien response & Putin.
The Biofield and low frequent EM field/waves.
Liberalism now lost?
Dulce, New Mexico, whistle-blower rapport by Thomas Edwin Castello.
Numbers 3, 7, 9,11,13, 33, 39.and the Free- Masons & illuminati.
Loosh, energy generated by all organic life forms.
Mad Science from Dr Mercola publication.
End of the Western Democracy and liberalism.

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity? 

Messing with vaccinations? 

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! 

UFO & CIA 

By Ron Hubbard, Founder.

Messing with our food? 

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Forcing the New Dystopian future.

History of the human build UFO’s

Humanity being sold like cattle, agenda 21 UN.

EU Central bank, pushing for Digital currency.

Fake Meat & Junk Food

Pushing for a nuclear war?

energy-from-space.com links:

Use of frequencies and effects on our bio energy field that surrounds our body.

A new U.S. & Alien agreement as claimed by Israeli-Scientist?

US considering admitting working with Aliens and do research on Mars.

NWO & WHO coupe, the Alien card.

Magnetic energy generator.

China and free energy Technology.

The Moray story.

Free magnetic energy generator.

Class war & covid. 

Global tax scam. 

Owners of the empire. 

Tesla and wireless electricity. 

Healing and Channeling device. 

Big companies who brought us Toxins, food and climate changes. 

Biofuels & food. 

Nature and unification. 

The climate debate!

Finite Element Model for Atmospheric IR-Absorption Joseph Reynen. (CO2)

“There is class war, right, but it is my class, the class of the rich, that is waging war.

Free energy and T. E. Bearden, Ph.D

Control of the the Global Propaganda

Scattered stories/believes about wind and economic cost to high. Costly mistake a-banding the nuclear plants. Click for additional information and insight.

Destruction of our way of life and replacing it with nothing than less.

Western World in deep trouble and a war will not solve it either click for link with information

The digital ID to protect, highjacked by the deep State. Click for the video/information.

The info source of the social media

That is common, the big channels get info from loads of smaller channels and other sources, I don’t know what you can do about it, we are watching and appreciate your work.

“This story is freaking bananas. We have the leaked documents and troubling videos exposing their real plot. This is serious business.” – Dan Bongino

Under President Biden outsourcing their efforts to conflate conservatives with terrorists, click here for the video?

Outsourcing using tax money for political purposes?

“Implications of all the available evidence COVID-19 vaccination is highly effective in preventing COVID-19 death and also reduces all-cause mortality.”

Click here for video/link/info

This is the finding of a study that Professor Kelly used when trying to defend his answers to my questions on notice.

The particular question asked for the death rates for unvaccinated people from Covid. The figures provided to me showed an unvaccinated death rate that was 40% higher from Omicron than Alpha.

This was clearly erroneous and is just more evidence of the Health department trying to cover up the ineffectiveness of the vaccine.

Trying to use a bigger lie by claiming the vaccines reduced the overall death rate when official government figures showed such a large increase in deaths is just taking the mick.

It’s worth noting the authors as well, some of whom have received very generous government handouts.

Please find the link to the study and my full remarks on my YouTube channel in comments below. 👇

Please listen to video/read click here

Dr. Reiner Fuellmich Explains The Great Reset/New World Order In 2 Minutes

Our ruling elites got virtually everything about COVID wrong, and they worked overtime to make sure you could not object to any of their dictates. Now there are talks about another round of mandates. Apparently, their abuses weren’t enough the first time. Would you comply?

Steering the NWO reset/control.

Only a A Handful of Companies involved?

The Web of Players Trying to Silence Truth (bitchute.com)

Analysis by Dr. Joseph MercolaFact Checked

  • April 14, 2023

https://articles.mercola.com/themes/blogs/mercola/VideoPanel.aspx?PostID=1307610&v=20230414&CacheVideo=1

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • PR firms and ad agency holding companies are a central cog in global propaganda machine. They make sure the same message is distributed in many different places in a cohesively timed fashion
  • An estimated two-thirds to 80% of the content broadcast and published by corporate media comes from public relations firms such as these four. In other words, most so-called mainstream media “news” is propaganda
  • The four largest ad holding companies in the world are the Publicis Groupe, WPP, the Omnicom Group and the Interpublic Group, and all are deeply interlocked with the corporate media, the military-industrial complex and the policymakers
  • A handful of private investment companies dominate every aspect of our lives and own everything we spend our money on. The two largest ones are Vanguard and BlackRock. Vanguard and/or BlackRock are also among the top 10 shareholders in the four largest ad agency holding companies
  • The 1% of the world’s wealthiest people provide the ideological justification that is driving the implementation of The Great Reset worldwide. The term academia uses to describe this globalist cabal is “The Transnational Capitalist Class” or TCC

In her book “One Idea to Rule Them All, Reverse Engineering American Propaganda,” Michelle Stiles reveals how the American public (and indeed the global population at large) have been indoctrinated and conned by public relations (PR) companies that run the globalist cabal’s propaganda campaigns. I will be interviewing Michele shortly for this book.

The PR agency creates a global media plan for a given client. It decides the articles to be written and where they’re to appear. It then decides where ads will run and when. So, while drug companies appear to have a rather direct influence over media, it’s really the PR firms that wield the greatest control, especially when it comes to the organization of it all.

They make sure the same message is distributed in many different places in a cohesively timed fashion. As such, PR companies are a central cog in the global propaganda machine and need to be understood as such.

On a side note, there are two designations for PR companies: public relations firms and ad agency holding companies. Ad agency holding companies do public relations but are primarily ad agency based.

A Russian Nesting Doll Model of the World

As detailed in “Who Owns the World?” a handful of private investment companies dominate every aspect of our lives and own everything we spend our money on, from food and beverages to clothing, travel, housing and just about everything else you can think of.

While there appear to be hundreds of competing brands on the market, like Russian nesting dolls, larger parent companies own multiple smaller brands. In reality, all packaged food brands, for example, are owned by a dozen or so larger parent companies.

These parent companies, in turn, are owned by shareholders, and the largest shareholders are the same in all of them: Vanguard and Blackrock. These institutional investors also own each other. They’re shareholders in each other’s companies, which erodes the concept of competition and strengthens the global monopoly even further.

Four Ad Holding Companies Dominate the Media Landscape

The four largest ad holding companies in the world are currently the Publicis Groupe, WPP, the Omnicom Group and the Interpublic Group, and Stiles notes, all are “deeply interlocked with the corporate media, the military-industrial complex, and the policy elites.”

Each agency, in turn, has smaller subsidiaries and affiliates, again giving us the illusion that there are far more players than there really are. And, as with everything else, Vanguard and/or BlackRock are among the top 10 shareholders in these top four ad agency holding companies. They also own major media companies, and the largest drug companies.

An estimated two-thirds to 80% of the content broadcast and published by corporate media comes from public relations firms.

For clarity, in her book, Stiles lists the top three as WPP, Omnicom and Interpublic, but as of November 2021, Publicis surpassed WPP in terms of market value, nabbing the No. 1 spot as the world’s largest ad holding company.1 WPP still has a larger annual revenue, though. That said, all four boast multibillion-dollar annual revenues. In 2022:

  • London-based WPP, which has agencies in 112 countries, made $17.847 billion.2 Noteworthy clients include Amazon, Microsoft, NBC, Healthline, the World Economic Forum (WEF) and Pfizer.
  • Publicis made $14.957 billion3 serving clients within the technology, pharmaceutical and banking industries.
  • New York City-based Omnicom made $14.289 billion4 from its 200+ agencies, which service more than 5,000 corporate brands, universities, nonprofits and nongovernmental organizations (NGOs).
  • The Interpublic Group’s revenue was $10.928 billion,5 and its clientele include the U.S. Army, ABC, Columbia Records, Unilever, U.S. Bank, Facebook and ExxonMobil, just to name a few.

According to Stiles, an estimated two-thirds to 80% of the content broadcast and published by corporate media comes from public relations firms. In other words, most so-called mainstream media “news” is propaganda.

Remarkably, when you add the revenues of these top four ad holding companies together, it’s still below $60 billion, which seems a modest price to control up to 80% of the global mainstream media landscape. Clearly, it’s money well-spent, from the globalist’s perspective.

Download this Article Before it Disappears

84 ton of gold bought by banks. Printing money to buy gold and pushing up inflation.

Download PDF

The Transnational Capitalist Class

As noted by Stiles, the term academia uses to describe this globalist cabal is “The Transnational Capitalist Class” or TCC. “They are 1% of the world’s wealthiest people who provide the ideological justification driving desired actions to be implemented worldwide in pursuit of their shared interests through transnational governmental organizations,” she writes.

She goes on to cite sociologist Peter Phillips’ book, “Giants: The Global Power Elite,” in which Phillips details:

“… the vast web of interconnectedness of the 17 giant investment firms managing in excess of $43 trillion in capital, who are themselves cross-invested with each other, the near giants … and have ownership stakes in the top 1,500 corporations spanning the globe, giving them enormous power in corporate board rooms across the planet.

Leaders of these firms meet together at various policy-making conferences throughout the year to network, strategize and finalize recommendations in the form of reports and whitepapers that heavily influence worldwide geopolitics …

If you still live in the dark ages thinking there is no intertwined global elite controlling and overpowering the sovereignty of nation-states and dominating the ideological landscape, take the time and read Phillip’s book. It’s a reality check as bracing as a cold shower …

Philips profiles 389 of the world’s most powerful players in capitalism … It’s a very small ecosystem of entwined connections, financial overlap, elite prestige and message control which they inhabit …

There are integrations, cross integrations, partnerships, overlap of leadership and constant networking among the 1%. This is evident. So far, an obvious but overlooked question is: If a deeply complex geo-political and ideological web has already been established, who are the weavers and what are they up to? Who is responsible for the organization on such a grand scale?

People who study these types of things have many names for the weavers: ‘The Deep State,’ ‘The 1%,’ ‘The Elites,’ ‘GloboCap,’ ‘The Powers That Be,’ or simply ‘Globalists.’ It is likely that the true leaders will always remain hidden, and the leaders profiled in Phillips’ book are more or less figureheads fronting for controllers behind the scenes.

Remember, wolves don’t go announcing themselves to the general public. If things go awry, their anonymity protects them. In the end, knowledge of the names is not as important as understanding the systematic game of ‘winner take all’ that they are playing.”

But for all their private meetings, the globalists would not have been able to build this hidden monopoly where they own everything, were it not for their control of the media.

They hid their control of the media pretty well for a long time, but during COVID, the lockstep word-for-word regurgitation of nonsense and easily-confirmed lies revealed there was, without doubt, a top-down organization to the madness.

Here, Publicis appears to be a top candidate as the primary string-puller, seeing how it’s partnered with the World Economic Forum, which is leading the call for a “reset” of the global economy and a complete overhaul of our way of life.

US Government Spends Billions on Propaganda

While private interests are at the center of the globalist cabal or Deep State, it’s a mistake to think that governments aren’t participating in their plans — or their propaganda.

As reported by Stiles, between 2007 and 2015, the U.S. federal government spent more than $4 billion on public relations services, plus another $2.2 billion for polling, research, and market consulting services. Why does a government “of the people, by the people, for the people” need all this PR? In short: to indoctrinate the public with the globalists’ narratives and points of view.

“Building trust takes time because character is only revealed through action,” Stiles notes, and this is well-known to con artists and propagandists alike. Without a certain level of trust, a con won’t work, and we are now discovering that the globalist cabal has spent decades orchestrating a con so big many still cannot believe it. They’ve infiltrated academia, science and just about every branch of government, and not just in the United States.

In a functioning system, mainstream media would have alerted us to the game plan and exposed the liars and the frauds along the way. But they didn’t, and the reason they didn’t is because mainstream media are no longer free to report truth. It’s been captured by the globalist propaganda machine and its primary function is to broadcast the narratives created by PR companies on the cabal’s behalf.

“Propaganda is a rich man’s sport,” Stiles writes. “Imagine with piles of money you can purchase ‘trust,’ enabling you to monopolize ideas. Your ideas at the top of the food chain ensure continued market dominance and financial leverage over a manipulated citizenry.

You are going to do this in various ways; creating foundations that will ‘donate’ large sums of money to organizations you would like to influence, sponsoring organizations that influence national and global leaders and by creating nonprofit organizations that can promote your message while appearing independent.

This takes decades, but you’re a patient person. After all, global ideological dominance shouldn’t happen overnight. When sufficient entities exist or have been captured — the average citizen is subject to the finest pseudo-reality that money can buy.

It’s a diabolical achievement — the corruption and take-over of the ideological free market. Your ideas saturate the landscape, and your helpless victims struggle to triangulate ‘truth,’ trapped in a literal spider’s web of interconnected and well-financed authoritative voices and entities.”

The Creation of an Idea Syndicate

Stiles goes through the various ways in which the globalists technocrats and transhumanists managed to create an “idea syndicate” where their ideas always get top billing. One way has been through the capturing of societal influencers through the lures of “grants and the promise of appointments, publications and prestige.”

This strategy has resulted in people of low integrity and morals taking center stage — most are basically people willing to sell out — while simultaneously throttling the influence of independent thinkers who cannot be bought.

Another highly effective strategy is to “control the realm of ideas by lavishly funding certain themes and narratives while selectively starving others slated for extinction,” Stiles writes. This is routinely done through charitable foundations. Through “charity,” the cabal can fund the ideas that the TCC endorses while simultaneously starving out opposing ideas and ideals. As noted by Stiles:

“The true threat of the foundations lies ‘in their ability to provide war chests in the battle of ideas,’ picking winners and losers and corrupting the free-flowing ideological landscape …

Those ideas that are nonconformist, unconventional or simply do not comport with the dominant ideology espoused by the foundation trustees would be left to wither on the vine, having little reach or power to influence.

Much of what is called ‘truth’ today is supported by ‘research.’ ‘The research says’ is the essence of supposed objectivity and the backbone of a superior argument leaving the fellow without research in the dust. The logic is as follows: All worthy ideas get funding for research; your ideas have no supporting research; therefore, your ideas are inferior.

As you can easily see, all ideas do not have equal opportunity to advance if the control lever of funding is biased. With this scheme in place, entire intellectual flotillas of specialized science could be created and used to commandeer social policy, legislation, and judicial rulings by directing the money spigots flowing into academia …

Foundation control of monies to academia can be thought of as a chokehold on the seedbed or ideological germination centers targeting idea creators and their livelihood.”

The third way to create an idea syndicate is through front groups — third-party organizations that claim to be independent but are really agents of and for a particular agenda.

“With enough money, front groups can afford to scheme up designer truth hot off the assembly line to support literally any platform,” Stiles writes, adding, “Thanks to billions of dollars spent through foundations, public relations firms and the third-party technique, Americans are literally swimming in a sea of manufactured truth …”

Controlling Competing Views

So, to summarize, maintaining control over ideas and prevailing narratives involves both the monopolization of ideas and the simultaneous suppression of competing views, and PR companies and media perform both functions.

As noted by Stiles, even when media present opposing views, they do so very carefully. “Truth that has the power to unseat the illusion of democracy will have a firewall erected against it,” and media simply will not cross that firewall, no matter how “neutral” they pretend to be.

ChatGPT Weighs in on Potential Dangers of PR Firms

In closing, and just for fun, a member of my team recently asked ChatGPT to “write a story about the potential dangers of how the top three ad holding companies, which also act as public relations firms, can influence news coverage about pharmaceutical products, similar to how Bill Gates could use his foundation’s money to influence the World Health Organization and media organizations to influence the coverage of global health, and potentially benefit from his own pharmaceutical investments.”

The carefully engineered prompt for the AI allowed a response that reveals the kernel of truth that even the radicalized programmers at OpenAI could not filter out:

humanityandearth.com links:

Mind Control Techniques

The fifth column, NWO & Alien agenda!

New, Health & Bible, lifestyles!

End to Green dictate by the EU, IMF, World Banks others.

Use of blackmail & distortion

Pope and climate change?

UN & NWO
Monkey Virus DNA Found in COVID-19 Shots
Cheats, liars and greed our newly elected Saints.
Dissident control in China being copied by the WEST?
Globalist fantasies?

Planet earth is hollow at most of it’s inner part. Between inner and utter core.

Underwater base located in Antarctica!

Pentagon UFO whistleblower.

Globalist fantasies?

Our Elite, trying to connect the dots?

‘censorship-industrial complex’

The apocalyptic fantasies of ‘climate change’ cultists

Healing frequencies

Fallen Angels

Humans are not at the top of the food chain but part of it!

Pushing the fake & synthetic food agenda! – My Blog (humanityandearth.com)

Pushing the fake & synthetic food agenda!

UN and the cancel culture

Nature as the last Sanctuary

The Federal Reserve Endgame Is Not a Collapse, It’s Global Domination

New Studies Deliver Harsh Verdicts on Mask Mandates, Vaccine Mandates for U.S. Cities

Emergency powers should be used only in case of war.

Messing with vaccinations?

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! – My Blog (humanityandearth.com)

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society!

Ron Hubbard, Founder, of the Church of Scientology.

De-population attempts?
The great food reset.
The physical Universe.
Antarctica and the hollow planets!
Is planet Earth hell?
Humanity & History!
Health and Ageing!
Mind control, US destruction from inside out!
Africa, Marduk’s Bluff? & Alien response & Putin.
The Biofield and low frequent EM field/waves.
Liberalism now lost?
Dulce, New Mexico, whistle-blower rapport by Thomas Edwin Castello.
Numbers 3, 7, 9,11,13, 33, 39.and the Free- Masons & illuminati.
Loosh, energy generated by all organic life forms.
Mad Science from Dr Mercola publication.
End of the Western Democracy and liberalism.

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity? 

Messing with vaccinations? 

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! 

UFO & CIA 

By Ron Hubbard, Founder.

Messing with our food? 

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Forcing the New Dystopian future.

History of the human build UFO’s

Humanity being sold like cattle, agenda 21 UN.

EU Central bank, pushing for Digital currency.

Fake Meat & Junk Food

Pushing for a nuclear war?

energy-from-space.com links:

Use of frequencies and effects on our bio energy field that surrounds our body.

A new U.S. & Alien agreement as claimed by Israeli-Scientist?

US considering admitting working with Aliens and do research on Mars.

NWO & WHO coupe, the Alien card.

Magnetic energy generator.

China and free energy Technology.

The Moray story.

Free magnetic energy generator.

Class war & covid. 

Global tax scam. 

Owners of the empire. 

Tesla and wireless electricity. 

Healing and Channeling device. 

Big companies who brought us Toxins, food and climate changes. 

Biofuels & food. 

Nature and unification. 

The climate debate!

Finite Element Model for Atmospheric IR-Absorption Joseph Reynen. (CO2)

“There is class war, right, but it is my class, the class of the rich, that is waging war.

Free energy and T. E. Bearden, Ph.D

Origin of the climate change agenda.

The Biology of Carbon Dioxide

Analysis by Dr. Joseph Mercola

  • November 18, 2023

Previous

Next

We Are Eating Far Too Much Plastic

We Are Eating Far Too Much Plastic

Why Isn't There a Safe and Effective Treatment for Neck or Back Pain?

Why Isn’t There a Safe and Effective Treatment for Neck or Back Pain?

https://articles.mercola.com/themes/blogs/mercola/VideoPanel.aspx?PostID=1352739&v=20231118&CacheVideo=1

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

  • Carbon dioxide (CO2) is a driver of energy production, as it improves the delivery of oxygen into your cells. CO2 also helps protect against the harmful effects of lipid peroxidation
  • CO2 and lactate have opposing effects. Lactate is the byproduct of metabolizing glucose without oxygen in the cytoplasm. So, where lactate causes problems, CO2 has beneficial effects
  • Elevated lactate production is a common theme in diabetes, Alzheimer’s, heart failure, shock and general aging. It promotes inflammation and degrades mitochondrial function. Conversely, low CO2 concentrations have been linked to epileptic seizures, muscle spasms, inflammation, hypothyroidism, stroke and clotting disorders
  • All these issues, whether caused by elevated lactate or low CO2, can be successfully treated with CO2 therapies of various kinds, such as CO2 baths (where CO2 is pumped into the tub, much like bathing in carbonated mineral water) or adding CO2 into standard hyperbaric treatment
  • Simpler ways to raise your tissue content of CO2 include breathing into a paper bag, having an adequate supply of calcium, and supplementing with salt, baking soda or carbonated beverages

In this 2010 interview, the late Ray Peat, a biologist and physiologist who specialized in the bioenergetic theory of health,1 reviewed some of the key benefits of CO2 and how it works within the human body. This article is a summary of the key points made in that interview.

I apologize for the video quality. The video was recorded 13 years ago, and appears to have been shot on a cell phone. In 2010 the cameras were not very good. However, the audio is fine, and more importantly, this information is really hard to come by since Peat is no longer with us. Only 2,000 people had viewed it when I first saw it.

I watched it four times as it is so good. I’m convinced optimizing your carbon dioxide (CO2) level is one of the most important strategies you can do to slow down degeneration due to aging.

On that point, I will be interviewing one of the leading breathing experts in the world, Peter Litchfield, Ph.D., who will educate us on why most breathing techniques don’t work, as they don’t address the underlying triggered breathing habits that lower CO2.

CO2 Is Crucial for Optimal Health

CO2 is typically thought of as nothing more than a harmful waste product of respiration, and a “pollutant” that endangers the earth by raising global temperatures.

The reality is that CO2 is a driver of mitochondrial energy production, and it improves the delivery of oxygen into your cells. It’s also essential for most life on Earth, plants in particular. In fact, CO2 appears to be a more fundamental component of living matter than oxygen.2 All of this was well-known in decades past, but somehow knowledge about the beneficial effects of CO2 has been suppressed over time.

Importantly, CO2 allows for more efficient energy production in your mitochondria, which is why people who live or spend time at higher altitudes tend to be healthier and have fewer chronic health problems such as asthma. The reason for this is because the pressure of CO2 relative to oxygen is greater at higher altitudes.

A Simple Biohack to Boost CO2

According to Forbes Health, biohacking is “a term used to describe various tips and tricks for enhancing the body’s ability to function at peak performance — and maybe even extend one’s lifespan.”

A biohack for mimicking being at a higher altitude in order to boost CO2 is to breathe into a paper lunch bag for a minute or two. The bag should not be too small or too large (an ideal size is 6 inches by 15 inches, or 15 centimeters by 38 centimeters). Breathe into the bag with your mouth and nose covered until you feel better.

With each exhale, you expel carbon dioxide. By rebreathing the carbon dioxide inside the paper bag, you effectively raise your carbon dioxide level. According to Peat, breathing into a paper bag a few times a day has been shown to bring blood pressure down by as much as 30 points, and stabilize it there after a few days of repetition.

Download this Article Before it Disappears

Download PDF

CO2 and Lactate Have Opposing Effects

As explained by Peat, CO2 and lactate have opposing effects.3,4,5 So, where lactate causes problems, CO2 has beneficial effects.

For example, elevated lactate production is a common theme in diabetes, Alzheimer’s, heart failure, shock and general aging. It promotes inflammation and degrades mitochondrial function. Conversely, low CO2 concentrations have been linked to epileptic seizures, muscle spasms, inflammation, hypothyroidism, stroke, and clotting disorders.

According to Peat, all these issues, whether caused by elevated lactate or low CO2, can be successfully treated with CO2 therapies of various kinds, such as CO2 baths (where CO2 is pumped into the tub, much like bathing in carbonated mineral water) or adding CO2 into standard hyperbaric treatment.

Simpler ways to raise your tissue content of CO2 include breathing into a small paper lunch bag a few times a day as detailed above, having an adequate supply of calcium, and supplementing with salt, baking soda or carbonated beverages.6

Peat tells the story of how he told an individual suffering from transient ischemic attacks who’d gone to the emergency room with stroke symptoms and paralysis on several occasions to drink a soda or carbonated water when the attacks occurred, as the bubbles in carbonated drinks are CO2 gas. “That worked for him,” he said.

CO2 Promotes Efficient Energy Production

Lactate is the byproduct of glycolysis, or nonaerobic respiration. It occurs when your mitochondria are compromised and are unable to metabolize glucose. Instead of pyruvate going to the mitochondria to be burned, it is oxidized to lactate in the cell’s cytoplasm. When this occurs in the presence of oxygen it is called the Warburg Effect, which is major pathway that cancer cells use.

energy production

As illustrated in the graph below, glucose can be metabolized in two different ways. When fat intake is too high, glucose is burned though glycolysis, which uses no oxygen and produces lactate. This is a highly inefficient way to produce energy, as it generates only 2 ATP per glucose molecule. And, in the context of this article, no CO2.

When fat intake is in the sweet spot of 15% to 40%, and glucose intake is high enough, it can be burned for fuel in the mitochondria. This generates up to 38 ATP per glucose molecule. In this process, NADH and CO2 are also produced.7

randle cycle

If fat intake is over 40% and the carb intake is below 200 grams per day, the glucose is burned in glycolysis in the cell’s cytoplasm, which produces lactate that suppresses glucose oxidation and shifts metabolism to the burning of fats instead.

Lactate also promotes inflammation and fibrosis. CO2, meanwhile, limits the formation of lactate, increases oxidation of glucose, helps trigger mitochondrial formation (i.e., boosts the number of mitochondria in your cells) and boosts cellular ATP concentrations.8

As explained by Peat, glycolysis products (pyruvate and lactate) compete with CO2 for binding sites inside the mitochondrion. Glycolysis decreases energy production by reducing CO2.

Energy Production Summary

In summary, two key points from all this are:

1.The most efficient way to generate cellular energy is to burn glucose in the electron transport chain of your mitochondria (aerobic respiration). In addition to generating up to 38 ATP molecules per glucose molecule (opposed to the two generated through glycolysis), it also generates an estimated 50% more CO2 than fat oxidation.9

In order for glucose to be metabolized in your mitochondria, your dietary fat intake needs to be sufficiently low so as not to inhibit the oxidation of glucose. While there’s no hard evidence on how much fat is too much, I suspect you need to restrict fat to 30% or 40%, depending on your individual needs, to optimize your glucose metabolism.

2.There are two possible energy states:

i.A glycolytic stress state in which energy production is reduced by the inhibition of CO2.

ii.An energy-efficient state in which CO2 is produced and lactate is suppressed.

CO2 Protects Against Lipid Peroxidation

CO2 also helps protect against the harmful effects of lipid peroxidation. Lipid peroxidation10 refers to a process in which free radicals and other harmful oxidants attack lipids (fats) that have carbon-carbon double bonds. Polyunsaturated fats (PUFAs) such as linoleic acid (LA) are particularly prone to this.

The key that many fail to recognize is that lipid peroxidation increases when CO2 levels are low, as CO2 protects the fats from damage. As explained by Peat, when CO2 is low, that’s when PUFAs increase their production of lipid peroxides11 (oxidation products of phospholipids).

Lipid peroxides degrade into reactive aldehydes such as malondialdehyde and 4-hydroxy-2-noneal (4-HNE), which damage DNA and proteins, causing them to malfunction. Lipid peroxidation is known to contribute to conditions such as cancer, atherosclerosis and neurodegenerative conditions, just to name a few.12

Peat cites one experiment in which they showed that when you raise the CO2 in human tissues to three times normal, the amount of lipid peroxides went to zero. So, CO2 has a potent anti-inflammatory effect and effectively protects against lipid peroxidation.

This is an important piece of information, as most people nowadays consume enormously excessive amounts of seed oils that are loaded with PUFAs, and thus have very elevated levels of stored LA in their cells.

As explained in “Linoleic Acid — The Most Destructive Ingredient in Your Diet,” LA is a primary contributor to chronic disease, as it causes mitochondrial dysfunction and promotes inflammation.

Augmenting CO2 in your tissues may be an effective way to limit LA-induced damage while you work to eliminate the excess LA from your tissues and replace it with healthy fats (which can take six or seven years).

How Lactate and CO2 Influence Stress

Peat also goes into an extended discussion involving many separate pieces to explain how lactate and CO2 influence the stress response and other parts of human biology that impact disease, including cancer.

For starters, the cytochrome oxidase enzyme — also known as Complex IV in the mitochondrial electron transport chain, which is what uses oxygen — governs your rate of oxygen consumption.

So, the more cytochrome oxidase you have, and the more active it is, the greater your oxygen consumption. Cytochrome oxidase is also responsible for increasing the total number of mitochondria within the cell as needed to accommodate for increased oxygen consumption.

When you saturate a cell with a very large amount of CO2, you rapidly increase the amount of cytochrome oxidase in the cell, and you boost its activity almost instantly. This shifts the oxidative balance of the cell towards the oxidized state, as electrons are being pulled out of the system. This lowers reductive stress in the cell, which is what you want to do.

In healthy cells, there’s a balance between NAD+ and NADH that is critical for energy production. Conditions like cancer or diabetes disrupt this balance, leading to excess lactate and reduced NAD+. Carbon dioxide is crucial because it prevents excessive lactate production, maintaining a healthy NAD+ to NADH ratio.

CO2 also influences the water balance in cells, supporting an oxidized cellular condition with lowered reductive stress that results in proper oxygen utilization. Hyperventilation, or over-breathing, which reduces CO2, typically leads to overproduction of lactate, contributing to stress and disrupting cellular balance.

CO2 in Emergency Care

Peat also discusses the role of CO2 in emergency care that has the potential to save your life or the life of someone you love. Stroke patients are typically ventilated with pure oxygen to prevent hypoxia-induced brain damage,13 but this isn’t the best way to help these patients.

A ventilation strategy called permissive hypercapnia appears to be far better. Permissive hypercapnia refers to a ventilation strategy employing partial pressures of CO2 that are higher than physiological norms. I have been encouraging those in the hyperbaric oxygen community to explore and adopt this strategy in their hyperbaric chambers. As explained by Peat:

“Quite a few people are now, just in the last few years, starting to talk about permissive hypercapnia … instead of ventilating someone to death [by] giving them pure oxygen. When people aren’t getting enough oxygen to the brain, they’ll give them pure oxygen and then hyperventilate them.

The idea is to shrink their brain by hyperventilating them, because it shuts down the blood circulation of the brain. But if they’re dying of a lack of oxygen to the brain, [that’s] not what you want to do …

I had mentioned [using carbonated beverages during ischemic stroke] in a nutrition class. I had said soda water, meaning carbonated water, but the next week, one of the students said that she had interpreted it as baking soda in water.

Basically, it’s the same idea, but she said she gave a spoonful of baking soda to her mother who had been half-paralyzed for six months, and 15 minutes after drinking just a glass of baking soda water the paralysis lifted and stayed away.”

The reason baking soda worked in this case is probably because CO2 is carried through your bloodstream by sodium bicarbonate (baking soda).14 Peat goes on to discuss how, in the past, firemen used to carry CO2 for the treatment of shock and respiratory arrest.

All animals and even plants suffer from a lack of carbon dioxide. If you lower it, even plants won’t do well. ~ Ray Peat

In the 1920s, Yandell Henderson, director of the Yale Laboratory of Applied Physiology, devised a system using oxygen with 5%, 7% or 10% CO2 added in. Fire departments all over the United States, and many hospitals, were using 5% CO2 to resuscitate babies that had stopped breathing and treat shock cases. It was also used post-operatively to aid in the recovery process.

The Green Agenda’s Flawed View of CO2

In closing, Peat also overturned key arguments of the green agenda by pointing out that during the Carboniferous period of Earth’s history, when plant and animal life was extraordinarily abundant, carbon dioxide levels were some 20 times higher than they are now, and temperatures were relatively stable.

“The expansion of vegetation will reflect infrared rays back into space,” he said, “so it’s sort of like the Earth has a thermostat that will regulate for huge changes in in CO2,” he said.

Even more importantly, nothing thrives in low CO2 environments — not plants, not animals or insects and, as evidenced by everything discussed above, not humans. If anything, the world may actually need a bit more CO2, seeing how CO2-deficiency states are rampant, forests are dying and plants aren’t growing very well. As noted by Peat:

“All animals and even plants suffer from a lack of carbon dioxide. If you lower it, even plants won’t do well … In the 1940s, people experimented with poisoning to death rats or mice with 50% carbon dioxide, keeping them dead for an hour and then reviving them, and they had no brain damage. If they gave them extra CO2, they weren’t damaged by the absence of oxygen. So, for primitive organisms, it’s more essential than oxygen.”

The increasingly erratic weather systems we’re now experiencing likely have little to do with the CO2 content of our atmosphere, and far more to do with a combination of decades-long weather manipulation15 and natural solar cycles.16,17

Humberto Sandoval

ongeveer een uur geleden

Dr. Steven Greer It’s happening again and I got it on film… PREPARE NOW!

Interface with directed though and influences and quanta and field consciousness. Click for link with information here!

THIS is what They have planned for The 🌎🗺 in the next 7 years.(Better pay Attention👀)Something Terrifying is Coming from the Middle East in 2023

{{{Greg Bong interview}}}

(Janie Duvall Channel)

Video 62 minutes

Origin of the climate change agenda. Please click on link.

The evidence for the influence of occultism over the global environmental movement begins with
the man who is credited with founding it: Maurice Strong.

Maurice Strong was a Canadian oilman, a rich entrepreneur whose involvement with the Club of Rome saw him rise to promote a worldwide green agenda based on fantasy, misanthropy, and the deliberate manipulation of public sentiment. He led the United Nations Environment Program, and later the World Economic Foundation.
The mastermind behind the 1992 Rio Earth summit, he is credited with the creation of the phrase “climate change.”

A biography on his own website proudly claims that Strong “has played a unique and critical role in globalizing the environmental movement.”

What is the Club of Rome?
The Club of Rome was founded at David Rockefeller’s estate in Bellagio in 1968. Towards the end of his life, Rockefeller responded in the affirmative to a charge that he and his family were seeking the establishment of a world government:

CO2 in our earth, no expert on the video was able to become close.

Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States,
characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to
build a more integrated global political and economic structure – one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.

READ: Finnish professor exposes the occult roots of the World Economic Forum

The Club of Rome promotes a planetary agenda of technocratic control. It has described the collapse of industrial society and the death by starvation of two thirds of the human population as beneficial. How can it be that this is not common knowledge? Rockefeller explained in his memoirs that such a project would have been impossible without the collusion of the press:

We are grateful to The Washington Post, the New York Times, Time Magazine and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost 40 years… It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during those years.

But, the world is more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. The super national sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national autodetermination practiced in past centuries.

The fruits of Rockefeller’s garden


The club which Rockefeller funded and hosted was led by a man called Aurelio Peccei, who “with Alexander King, the Scottish Head of Science at the OECD [Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development]… convened a meeting of European scientists in Rome.”

These two men commissioned a computer model to predict the forthcoming collapse of industrial civilization – due to overpopulation. The model was wrong – but this did not deter them from publishing in 1972 a manifesto for a new Malthusian agenda of depopulation.

Called “The Limits to Growth,” it inspired much of the current Green agenda of deindustrialization, abortion, and the concept of humanity as a problem to be solved. The book continues to inspire a movement whose agenda has always relied on the deliberate distortion of reality. The Club of Rome, in its 1991 report “The First Global Revolution,” states:

In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill. All these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome. The real enemy then, is humanity itself.

The co-founder of the Club of Rome, Aurelio Peccei, was an occultist, who made no secret of his devotion to the cult of Theosophy. As noted Finnish epidemiologist Mikko Paunio notes, Peccei announced his views in print in 1977:
“Aurelio Peccei’s 1977 book ‘The Quality of Man’ reveals his worldview based on Theosophy and the discovery of the inner self.”

The organization which was foundational to the global environmental movement was formed, therefore, by a man inspired by the fraudulent cult of Theosophy.

Three elements of a revolutionary cult
The cult of climate change and the general Green agenda is often presented as the vanguard of reason, the claims of which rest on settled science.

In fact, it is a curious blend of fantasy and fetish. Its leaders were inspired by make believe and saw in science and technology an instrument of control – and persuasion – which could deliver to their managerial elite a future society granting unlimited power to the “masters of the future.”

The models are convenient fictions that provide something very useful. – Dr David Frame, climate modeler, Oxford University.

Global environmentalism is a dangerous cult whose claims of apocalypse, and of the efficacy of the solutions technology presents, are as fantastical as the beliefs which inspired them. It is a revolutionary movement,and describes itself as such. It is a fusion of New Age beliefs, technology worship, and personal vanity.


There is also a great deal of money to be made.

The spirit of revolution.


These beliefs are esoteric – deeply personal convictions of a significant wisdom to be found in some cosmic inner self. They are occult – their true meaning hidden behind jargon and propaganda directed at the masses, their actual significance reserved only for the initiates.“ It doesn’t matter what is true, it only matters what people believe is true,” stated Paul Watson, co-founder of Greenpeace.

Revolutions do not take place due to popular sentiment. They are the result of a disaffected segment of the intellectual culture attracting sufficient financial backing to force its will upon a general population.
This is exactly the case with the “First Global Revolution” of the environmental movement.

Following revolution, it is the ordinary people, not the elites, who are murdered and dispossessed.
Revolution has been romanticized; it is another fantasy in which wicked designs seek their disguise.
According to the “First Global Revolution” report, Club of Rome members “believe humanity requires a
common motivation, namely a common adversary in order to realize world government.

It does not matter if this common enemy is a real one or… one invented for the purpose.”

The French Revolution, the Bolsheviks and the Maoists, and the cult of “Brother Number One” Pol Pot all shared this characteristic. The Jacobins killed hundreds of thousands of ordinary French, to fewer than 1700 aristocrats.
The total victim count of communism in the 20th century has been estimated at a conservative 100 million souls – by the Marxist historian Eric Hobsbawm.

So-called fact checks on FB. Click on link for video story.

Or,

Revolution is a manifesto of murder fictionalized as liberation.

This barbarism is the result of every utopian attempt to make a religion of man. The environmental revolution is different – it has declared man the enemy before it has even begun.

Maurice Strong and the Club of Rome
Maurice Strong fantasized about causing the collapse of industrial society during an interview in 1990.
Titled “The Wizard of Baca Grande,” it took place on his extensive New Age compound in Colorado. Speaking to writer Daniel Wood, Strong asked “What if a small group of world leaders were to conclude that the principal risk to the Earth comes from the actions of the rich countries?”

So, in order to save the planet, the group decides: Isn’t the only hope for the planet that the industrialized
civilizations collapse? Isn’t it our responsibility to bring that about? [Emphasis added]

READ: Club of Rome report calls for massive payouts to childless women as way to curb population

Strong was influential in the Club of Rome, moving on to lead the newly minted United Nations Environment Program, and to chair the Rio Earth summit. He was a founding member of the World Economic Forum, whose Foundation he went on to lead.

His obituaries celebrate his commitment to globalizing the environmental movement.

This is an issue which has attracted much attention before, but with the recent work of Finnish scientist Mikko Paunio, the existence of a “nature pantheist cult” at the center of the environmental movement is difficult to disclaim.

Long-standing banking and business connections allowed high-ranking German leaders in 1944 to forge a formidable Nazi-controlled organization for postwar activities.
Author Jim Keith wrote, Introduction of Totalitarians control, clearly manifesting now and it’s roots going back to Germany losing WW2.

Clear by now that the plans of the Nazis did not pass, the ideology and many of the principal players
survived and flourished after the war, and have had a profound impact on postwar history, and on events taking place now.

These long-standing banking and business connections allowed high-ranking German leaders in 1944 to
forge a formidable Nazi-controlled organization for postwar activities.
Orvis A. Schmidt, the U.S. Treasury Department’s director of Foreign Funds Control, in 1945 offered this
description of a Nazi flight-capital program:


The network of trade, industrial, and cartel organizations has been streamlined and intermeshed, not only
organizationally but also by what has been officially described as ‘Personnel Union’.


Legal authority to operate this organizational machinery has been vested in the concerns that have majority capacity in the key industries such as those producing iron and steel, coal and basic chemicals.
These concerns have been deliberately welded together by exchanges of stock to the point where a handful of men can make policy and other decisions that affect us all.

Fact is that the Germans did develop disks and the technology to not only travel between the planets in our solar system but also between the stars. Managed to take control of the wormhole located above the south pole and underground including some of there U boots entering inner earth.

Clear that the possibility of the Germans to build building self-sufficient underground research factories in the Antarctic,

it has only to be pointed out that the underground research centers of Nazi Germany were gigantic feats of construction, containing wind tunnels, machine shops, assembly plants, launching pads, supply dumps and accommodation for all who worked there, including labor slave camps and continuing the master race production program.

Only Known by insiders and the US government did know about activities of former Nazi personel, a selection of military personnel and scientists had fled the fatherland as allied troops swept across mainland Europe, and had established themselves at a secret base on the Antarctic continent, from where they continued to develop their advanced aircraft technology.


Furthermore, it is interesting to note that at the end of the war, the allies determined that there were 250,000 Germans unaccounted for – even taking into account casualties and deaths.

Some twelve years later the Australians discovered a 16mm film, a technical report, of the German V-7 research project. The V-7 weapons research project involved circular disk-shaped craft. Now, we knew about programs V-1 through V-4, but we had no previous idea about the V-7 program.


The information in this documentary seemed to indicate that the Germans built their first operational disk
sometime in the early 1940’s in the first production facility in Prague. Then they proceeded to expand their design, development and research teams until by the time the Germans were being driven back into Germany, they had nine research facilities, all with projects under testing.


They successfully evacuated eight of those facilities out of Germany, along with the scientists and the key people. The ninth facility was blown up. Now, this 16mm film showed some pictures of flying vehicles in operation.

To travel between the Stars and to Aldebaran and back 67 light years away is only possible using free energy.

The main reason for hidding it and denial on a grant scale. Did not stop the US from hiring and transporting
engineers and staff in totaal 50000 to the US employing and addapting to be able to continue the research and
development.

On the other han dsending/deploying an Army to take our and kill the German colony in Antartica in 1947 to be
beaten.The German colony kepr expanding and reconnected with there college now working in the US.

Finely merging again and producing the so-called dark fleet terrorizing others here on earth but also outside
our starsystem. The best name I can think of is alien-connect, consisting of the previous Cabal (Bankers) and
freemasons 33 plus.

Using the highly advanced technology the others (Aliens) have and mind control.

They are so advanced that they can take a human ( individual soul) out of our structure and replace it with
a hive mind controlled one and the victims not even notice. ( Soul harvesting)

Paunio recently featured in an interview with LifeSiteNews’ John Henry Westen to discuss what he calls the existence of a nature pantheist – and Malthusian – influence at the highest levels of international environmental policy.

Paunio documents how Strong moved on from the UN to the World Economic Forum.

Early on, Klaus Schwab recruited the by far ever most influential unelected UN environment official,
Maurice Strong, a wealthy, un-educated Canadian industrialist (1929–2015), to head the WEF foundation.

Maurice Strong was the central figure in pushing forward the sustainable development agenda since the
UN’s first environmental summit in Stockholm in 1972. He was also an inveterate occultist and esotericist.

A conspiracy of collapse?
Why do one man’s dreams matter at all? This was a man with the power to make his dreams real.

A 2015 profile of Maurice Strong in The National Post notes that his “green agenda now blankets the globe, from the UN through national governments to municipalities,” an agenda directed by a man whose dreams were a living nightmare for humanity.

In his 2000 autobiography, ‘Where on Earth Are We Going?’ Strong projected that, in 2031, ‘the human tragedy’ would be ‘on a scale hitherto unimagined.’ He wrote that the brightest prospect lay in forecasts that two-thirds of the world’s already diminished population might be wiped out.

He described this as ‘a glimmer of hope for the future of our species and its potential for regeneration,’
thus betraying a distinctly ambivalent attitude towards the humanity he claimed to be so desperate to save.

There is nothing conspiratorial in quoting the words of Maurice Strong, who is lauded by his followers as the founding father of the global environmental movement. His dark fantasies have a wide appeal among people who presumably consider themselves the beneficiaries of this collapse. Some will be simply satisfied by the idea of a global vengeance upon humanity. In this promise, Green utopianism offers a matchless blood sacrifice to its most ardent believers.

Esoteric futurism and the problem of humanity
Claims of occult influence are dismissed by mainstream sources on the grounds that Maurice Strong and Aurelio Peccei did not practice rituals in some sort of temple. This is not the basis of the argument. What matters is the inspiration for an ideology which, without the cuddly green window dressing, remains open about its definition of humanity as the enemy.

There is no argument that Strong, Peccei, and their organizations were indeed inspired in part by the influences drawn from the occult tradition of Theosophy. This is a means of making man a god, through the cultivation of the inner self to the point of a Gnostic awakening. He was cosmic in his outlook, saying, “I believe the great frontier of the future is the frontier between the individual spirit and the Spirit, the cosmos.”

He built a New Age compound in which to live, believing with his wife that this settlement of crystal gazers and mystics such as Shirley MacLaine was a blueprint for a post-apocalyptic culture. Look beyond the bizarre nature of his living arrangements, and marvel at the mind of anyone who believes their own fantasy world is a scalable model for worldwide human society.

It is only through fantasy that such things seem possible at all. What these fantasies betray is the vanity of
the fantasist. They are appointed, chosen in a sense, as was Strong by the burning of a bush.

Personal fantasy as a route to power is the central point. This is a means of reassessing the seemingly suicidal environmental movement as a large-scale instrument to enact the private desires of a very small number of people.

A visionary misanthrope


These desires are clearly infused with a sense of mission. Salvation and destruction are apocalyptic themes, whose presence is maintained by deliberately manipulated models of ever impending, never arriving, disaster.

Finally, those directed by the inner light wish to lead us into a future compassed by their fantasies of control.
A rational madness inspires the believer in the inner self, being directed inwards by the disappointing discord of attempts at democracy.

From the very beginning, Maurice Strong was determined to silence other voices than his own. Towards the end of the first United Nations Conference on the Environment in Stockholm, 1972, he tired of the endless discussion:

As the wrangling between delegates stretched into the predawn hours, the secretary-general of the conference, Maurice Strong, abruptly pulled the plug on their audio. The gesture shook participants and gave Mr. Strong an opening to get the conference back on track.

The track of this movement was laid by a man who demanded action, not words. The action he demanded is clearly outlined by himself.

Inspired by some demon, he was driven to encourage the coordinated collapse of civilization, and the rule of the remnant humanity by a cult of wealthy technocrats.

Grabbing control and start push off globalisation.

Sustainability is a fickle concept. And its proponents are promiscuous with scientific evidence and ignorant of the context and the development of the sustainability agenda, believing it to be simply a matter of ‘science’ rather than politics. The truth of ‘sustainability’, is that it is not our relationship with the natural world that it wishes to control, but human desires, autonomy and sovereignty.
That is why, in 1993, the Club of Rome published its report, The First Global Revolution, written by the club’s founder and president, Alexander King and Bertrand Schneider. The authors determined that, in order to overcome political failures, it was necessary to locate ‘a common enemy against whom we can unite’.

But in fighting this enemy – ‘global warming, water shortages, famine and the like’ – the authors warned that we must not ‘mistake symptoms for causes’. ‘All these dangers are caused by human intervention in natural processes, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome. The real enemy then is humanity itself’ should be brought under control.


About Forty years ago, the two ideas about humanity’s relationship with the natural world caught the imagination of the richest and most influential people and started to sell it as being that the demands of a growing population were taking more from the planet than could be replaced by natural processes.
The second, related idea was that there exist natural ‘limits to growth’. These two reinventions of Malthusianism became the basis of a new form of global politics, which has sought to contain human industrial and economic development ever since. The rich and consequently being the owners and banks exploiters of the these industrial complexes/technology.


complexes. to take simply total control.
Fears about the possibility of global environmental catastrophe and its human consequences, as depicted by neo-Malthusians like Paul Ehrlich – author of the 1968 prophecy, The Population Bomb – and the Club of Rome –a talking shop for high-level politicians, diplomats and researchers – became the ground on which a number of organizations established under the United Nations were formed. In 1972, the UN held its Conference on the Human Environment, and began its environment programme, UNEP. In 1983, the World Commission on Environment and Development (WCED, aka The Brundtland Commission, after its chair, Norwegian politician Gro Harlem Brundtland) was formed, leading to the publication of its findings in 1987 in Our Common Future. Also known as the Brundtland Report, it became the bible of ‘sustainable development’.

After having established sustainable development as an imperative of global politics, more organisations and programmed under the UN were formed to deliver it. In 1992, the UN Conference on Environment and Development, the first ‘Earth Summit’, was held in Rio, leading to the Agenda 21 ‘blueprint for a sustainable planet’, UN conventions on climate change and biodiversity, and the creation of the UN Commission on Sustainable Development (UNSCD).
Since then, an entire ecosystem of global, national, governmental and non-governmental organisations has emerged, to advocate and implement the closer integration of human productive life with knowledge about the environment:
to observe the ‘limits to growth’. The most notable of these is the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), under which a global agreement to limit greenhouse gas emissions is being sought.

Forty years on, and those predictions of doom have not been borne out. The average life expectancy of a human has increased by 10 years, and the number of infants dying before their fifth birthday has fallen from 134 per thousand to 58. Thus, the human population has nearly doubled, and global GDP has risen threefold. There are more of us, we are healthier, wealthier and better fed. There is vast disparity between what the advocates of political environmentalism have claimed and reality.

The conference, known as Rio+20, aims was to bring together ‘world leaders, along with thousands of participants from governments, the private sector, NGOs and other groups’ to ‘shape how we can reduce poverty, advance social equity and ensure environmental protection on an ever-more crowded planet to get to the future we want’.
But these apparently noble ends belie some shameful means. It’s not for you or I to decide what ‘the future we want’ will look like by participating in democratic processes. Instead, ‘world leaders’ from governments, businesses and NGOs are to decide it for us.

What happens then, if we don’t believe that an emphasis on sustainability is the best way to approach the
problems of poverty and inequity? What happens if we think that progress in the world has been achieved, in spite of it not being ‘sustainable’? And what if we don’t think that the Great and the Good are doing anything other than serving themselves by this new form of politics/world control?

There is, of course, no opportunity for the expression of such ideas. The Rio+20 conference proved be a meeting to extend the reach of supranational institutions that are already beyond democratic control. By design, the meeting precludes public engagement. And any recalcitrant ‘actors’ who do make it to the meeting can expect to be made pariahs.

Environmentalism is a form of politics that exists apart from the demos. It superficially aims to
resolve the problems that are putatively beyond the reach of normal politics, such as poverty, by promising to meet the merely metabolic needs of the world’s poorest people.

However, this promise comes at a price. The 1972 Stockholm meeting discussed the ‘need for new concepts of sovereignty, based not on the surrender of national sovereignties but on better means of exercising them collectively, and with a greater sense of responsibility for the common good’. In other words, the world can be fed, clothed and housed at the cost of autonomy.

This surrendering of autonomy is a price worth paying, according to its advocates, whose argument has been reduced to a neat little slogan: global problems need global solutions. For instance, while trying to understand why skepticism of climate-change policies seems to correspond to a conservative persuasion, the Guardian’s Damian Carrington recently opined:

‘The problem is that global environmental problems require global action, which means cooperation if there are to be no free-riders. That implies international treaties and regulations, which to some on the right equate with communism.’

The claim is ridiculous for many reasons; not least of which is the fact that one doesn’t need to be ‘on the right’ to be skeptical of international treaties and regulations. One might also object to the creation of powerful political institutions and far-reaching policies simply on the basis that their construction has not been democratic.

Another reason might be that the concepts of ‘global’ and ‘sustainability’ are at best nebulous. To what extent are ‘global problems’ really global? And to what extent can making and doing things ‘sustainably’ really address problems such as poverty and inequality?

Poverty is not, in fact, a problem of too much exploitation of natural resources, but too little. And poverty is not a global problem, but a categorically local one, in which a population is isolated from the rest of the world.

We can only account for poverty and inequality in the terms preferred by environmentalists if we accept the
limits-to-growth thesis and the zero-sum game that flows from it. In other words, that there are limits on what we can take from the planet and we can only solve poverty if we divide those limited resources more equitably.
Such an argument for reducing and redistributing resources has the reactionary consequence of displacing the argument for creating more wealth.

But to date, the arguments that there exist limits to growth, an optimum relationship between people and the
planet, and that industrial society is ‘unsustainable’, have not found support in reality. The neo-Malthusians’
predictions in the Sixties and Seventies were contradicted by growth in population and wealth. And now there is
a growing recognition that the phenomenon most emphasized by environmentalists – climate change – has been overstated.

The scientist who proposed that life on Earth may function as a self-regulating system, James Lovelock,
has distanced himself from the more extreme implications of his hypothesis. Where Lovelock once predicted ‘Gaia’s revenge’, he has reflected in a short interview for MSNBC.com on his alarmist tome, and criticized others such as Al Gore for their over-emphasis on catastrophic narratives.

This is a remarkable volte face in itself, but reflects a broader phenomenon: the coming to fruition of environmentalism’s incoherence.

Issues such as genetically modified foods and nuclear power have caused friction and factions to form within the
green movement. Prophecies of doom, such as sea-level rise, melting glaciers and ice caps, wars for resources,
mass extinctions and economic and social chaos have been deferred from the imminent – first by decades, then
centuries, and now perhaps even millennia, depriving the movement of its urgency and forcing its members to seek
(and fail to find) more pragmatic formulations of environmentalism. Meetings to find a global agreement on climate change have ended in disarray and bitter recriminations rather than harmony and a bright green future.
So can the Rio+20 meeting buck the trend, and settle on coherent objectives for global environmental politics?

It seems unlikely that it can. Although the meeting intends to deliver ‘the future we want’, it turns out that
what ‘we’ want is more difficult to identify than the UN had hoped. Even when we – hoi polloi – were excluded from preparatory meetings to determine the conference’s agenda, negotiators from 193 countries failed to settle on what they wanted.

Just as with the climate negotiations, it turns out that different countries have different
interests and want different things. And those other actors – the unaccountable, unelected and undemocratic NGOs – look ready to throw their toys out of the pram. For example, development charity Oxfam winged that ‘governments are using or allowing the talks to undermine established human rights and agreed principles such as equity, precaution, and “polluter pays”‘.

This is no surprise. ‘Sustainability’ is not about delivering ‘what we want’ at all but, on the contrary,
mediating our desires, both material and political. Accordingly, the object of the Rio meeting was not as
much about finding a ‘sustainable’ relationship between humanity and the natural world as it is about finding a secure basis for the political establishment. The agenda for the Rio +20 conference was the discussion of ‘decent jobs, energy, sustainable cities, food security and sustainable agriculture, water, oceans and disaster readiness’.

Again, noble aims, perhaps. But is the provision of life’s essentials, and the creation of opportunities for jobs and the design of cities, really a job for special forms of politics and supranational organizations?

The idea that there are too many people, or that the natural world is so fragile that these things are too difficult for normal, democratic politics to deliver, flies in the face of facts. It would be easier to take environmentalists and the UN’s environmental programmers more seriously if millions of people were marching under banners calling for ‘lower living standards’ and ‘less democracy’. Instead, just a tiny elite speaks for the sustainability agenda, and only a small section of that elite is allowed to debate what it even means to be
‘sustainable’. We are being asked to take at face value their claims to be serving the ‘common good’.
But there is no difference between the constitutions of benevolent dictatorships and tyrannies.

Wrong Again: 50 Years of Failed Eco-pocalyptic Predictions

Photo Credit: Getty

Thanks go to Tony Heller, who first collected many of these news clips and posted them on RealClimateScience

SUMMARY

Modern doomsayers have been predicting climate and environmental disaster since the 1960s. They continue to do so today.

None of the apocalyptic predictions with due dates as of today have come true.

What follows is a collection of notably wild predictions from notable people in government and science.

More than merely spotlighting the failed predictions, this collection shows that the makers of failed apocalyptic predictions often are individuals holding respected positions in government and science.

While such predictions have been and continue to be enthusiastically reported by a media eager for sensational headlines, the failures are typically not revisited.

1967: ‘Dire famine by 1975.’

Source: Salt Lake Tribune, November 17, 1967

1969: ‘Everyone will disappear in a cloud of blue steam by 1989.’

Source: New York Times, August 10 1969

1970: Ice age by 2000

Source: Boston Globe, April 16, 1970

1970: ‘America subject to water rationing by 1974 and food rationing by 1980.’

Source: Redlands Daily Facts, October 6, 1970

1971: ‘New Ice Age Coming’

Source: Washington Post, July 9, 1971

1972: New ice age by 2070

Source: NOAA, October 2015

1974: ‘New Ice Age Coming Fast’

Source: The Guardian, January 29, 1974

1974: ‘Another Ice Age?’

Source: TIME, June 24, 1974

1974: Ozone Depletion a ‘Great Peril to Life’

But no such ‘great peril to life’ has been observed as the so-called ‘ozone hole’ remains:

Sources: Headline

NASA Data | Graph

1976: ‘The Cooling’

Source: New York Times Book Review, July 18, 1976

1980: ‘Acid Rain Kills Life in Lakes’

Noblesville Ledger (Noblesville, IN) April 9, 1980

But 10 years later, the US government program formed to study acid rain concluded:

Associated Press, September 6, 1990

1978: ‘No End in Sight’ to 30-Year Cooling Trend

Source: New York Times, January 5, 1978

But according to NASA satellite data there is a slight warming trend since 1979.

Source: DrRoySpencer.com

1988: James Hansen forecasts increase regional drought in 1990s

But the last really dry year in the Midwest was 1988, and recent years have been record wet.

Source: RealClimateScience.com

1988: Washington DC days over 90F to from 35 to 85

But the number of hot days in the DC area peaked in 1911, and have been declining ever since.

Source: RealClimateScience.com

1988: Maldives completely under water in 30 years

Source: Agence France Press, September 26, 1988

1989: Rising seas to ‘obliterate’ nations by 2000

Source: Associated Press, June 30, 1989

1989: New York City’s West Side Highway underwater by 2019

Source: Salon.com, October 23, 2001

1995 to Present: Climate Model Failure

Source: CEI.org

2000: ‘Children won’t know what snow is.’

Source: The Independent, March 20, 2000

2002: Famine in 10 years

Source: The Guardian, December 23, 2002

2004: Britain to have Siberian climate by 2020

Source: The Guardian, February 21, 2004

2008: Arctic will be ice-free by 2018

Source: Associated Press, June 24, 2008

2008: Al Gore warns of ice-free Arctic by 2013

But… it’s still there:

Source: WattsUpWithThat.com, December 16, 2018

2009: Prince Charles says only 8 years to save the planet

Source: The Independent, July 9, 2009

2009: UK prime minister says 50 days to ‘save the planet from catastrophe’

Source: The Independent: October 20, 2009

2009: Arctic ice-free by 2014

Source: USA Today, December 14, 2009

2013: Arctic ice-free by 2015

Source: The Guardian, July 24, 2013

The paper: https://www.nature.com/articles/s41467-017-02550-9 (open access)

Gas hydrate dissociation off Svalbard induced by isostatic rebound rather than global warming

Abstract

Methane seepage from the upper continental slopes of Western Svalbard has previously been attributed to gas hydrate dissociation induced by anthropogenic warming of ambient bottom waters. Here we show that sediment cores drilled off Prins Karls Foreland contain freshwater from dissociating hydrates. However, our modeling indicates that the observed pore water freshening began around 8 ka BP when the rate of isostatic uplift outpaced eustatic sea-level rise. The resultant local shallowing and lowering of hydrostatic pressure forced gas hydrate dissociation and dissolved chloride depletions consistent with our geochemical analysis. Hence, we propose that hydrate dissociation was triggered by postglacial isostatic rebound rather than anthropogenic warming. Furthermore, we show that methane fluxes from dissociating hydrates were considerably smaller than present methane seepage rates implying that gas hydrates were not a major source of methane to the oceans, but rather acted as a dynamic seal, regulating methane release from deep geological reservoirs.

2013: Arctic ice-free by 2016

Source: The Guardian, December 9, 2013

2014: Only 500 days before ‘climate chaos’

But…

Sources: Washington Examiner

Links: humanityandearth.com

Galactic Federations.
Star Trek,

The coming Chaos

There are to many unexplained deaths!

symbols

Fear and energy.

Globalist behind poisoning the earth & ET.

Mind Control Techniques

The fifth column, NWO & Alien agenda!

New, Health & Bible, lifestyles!

End to Green dictate by the EU, IMF, World Banks others.

Use of blackmail & distortion

Pope and climate change?

UN & NWO
Monkey Virus DNA Found in COVID-19 Shots
Cheats, liars and greed our newly elected Saints.
Dissident control in China being copied by the WEST?
Globalist fantasies?

Planet earth is hollow at most of it’s inner part. Between inner and utter core.

Underwater base located in Antarctica!

Pentagon UFO whistleblower.

Globalist fantasies?

Our Elite, trying to connect the dots?

‘censorship-industrial complex’

The apocalyptic fantasies of ‘climate change’ cultists

Healing frequencies

Fallen Angels

Humans are not at the top of the food chain but part of it!

Pushing the fake & synthetic food agenda! – My Blog (humanityandearth.com)

Pushing the fake & synthetic food agenda!

UN and the cancel culture

Nature as the last Sanctuary

The Federal Reserve Endgame Is Not a Collapse, It’s Global Domination

New Studies Deliver Harsh Verdicts on Mask Mandates, Vaccine Mandates for U.S. Cities

Emergency powers should be used only in case of war.

Messing with vaccinations?

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! – My Blog (humanityandearth.com)

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society!

Ron Hubbard, Founder, of the Church of Scientology.

De-population attempts?
The great food reset.
The physical Universe.
Antarctica and the hollow planets!
Is planet Earth hell?
Humanity & History!
Health and Ageing!
Mind control, US destruction from inside out!
Africa, Marduk’s Bluff? & Alien response & Putin.
The Biofield and low frequent EM field/waves.
Liberalism now lost?
Dulce, New Mexico, whistle-blower rapport by Thomas Edwin Castello.
Numbers 3, 7, 9,11,13, 33, 39.and the Free- Masons & illuminati.
Loosh, energy generated by all organic life forms.
Mad Science from Dr Mercola publication.
End of the Western Democracy and liberalism.

Banning Early Treatment Was a Crime Against Humanity? 

Messing with vaccinations? 

Big Data, Transhumanism & Why the Singularity May Be Faked.

Skull and Bones Society & Thule society! 

UFO & CIA 

By Ron Hubbard, Founder.

Messing with our food? 

Power & greed, pushing for the economic collapse or great reset.

Forcing the New Dystopian future.

History of the human build UFO’s

Humanity being sold like cattle, agenda 21 UN.

EU Central bank, pushing for Digital currency.

Fake Meat & Junk Food

Pushing for a nuclear war?

energy-from-space.com links:

Use of frequencies and effects on our bio energy field that surrounds our body.

A new U.S. & Alien agreement as claimed by Israeli-Scientist?

US considering admitting working with Aliens and do research on Mars.

NWO & WHO coupe, the Alien card.

Magnetic energy generator.

China and free energy Technology.

The Moray story.

Free magnetic energy generator.

Class war & covid. 

Global tax scam. 

Owners of the empire. 

Tesla and wireless electricity. 

Healing and Channeling device. 

Big companies who brought us Toxins, food and climate changes. 

Biofuels & food. 

Nature and unification. 

The climate debate!

Finite Element Model for Atmospheric IR-Absorption Joseph Reynen. (CO2)

“There is class war, right, but it is my class, the class of the rich, that is waging war.

Free energy and T. E. Bearden, Ph.D

Reality check after the Covid exercise .

Dr Masanori Fukushima, Professor Emeritus at Kyoto University is furious and absolutely goes OFF on the government about the covid vaccine. Click here for the video/information about covid vaccine.

The year of the Morons by Jan Wellman.


How To Ditch The Year Of The Moron

And Swallow A Red Pill With A Glass of Brut Réserve

Jan Wellmann

Dec 31, 2021

It’s the New Year, and it looks like two people have already crossed the River Styx with the Moronic variant. What should we do? Shut down the planet, cancel the party, get boosters, and hunker in the basement until Oooh-la-la-Moroni (a frightful ancient Egyptian cheese deity) ceases to exist?

Or.

Admit that this virus, just like every other highly infectious little critter, will be assimilated by humanity in the way the Borgs swallowed them into a grander whole. That’s how natural biology has worked for us since the beginning of time, as well.

The Borgs screwed up on many levels, admittedly. They didn’t know how to love or have fun, for example. And they weren’t fully biological being half android, stiff, and boring. But their basic idea was solid. 

Don’t fight a critter. Assimilate it! 

Incidentally, assimilation is how our gut, the most important community in our body, operates. If you get a nasty infection down there, nuking it (e.g., with antibiotics) will empower the nasty critters. Instead, increase the number and variance of good bugs. Eat raw sauerkraut and fermented stuff. Play with dirt. Kiss people. Stop sterilizing the shit out of everything. This is how you get your neurotransmitters, endocrine system, immune system, and a few other mainline systems back online. 

The timeless Eastern secret works because it perceives the human body as an energetic whole, not just as a set of mechanical organs under threat from an alien attack. Our modern paradigm may require a few more centuries to tap into this protosecret if the current wizards continue to rule.

The variant, by the way, is eternal. It will eventually be hosted by all of us – as long as we’re alive. It is precisely like every other variant (trillions of them, everywhere, including your nostrils). They empower the body with vital functions, including the immune system. They will continue changing, adapting, assimilating, sometimes sleeping until the universe singes in a grand finale. They constitute the overwhelming majority in our biological democracy.

They reflect how life rolls – growing, integrating, evolving, dying, and regenerating.

Biological life is composed of critters. We’re ninety-nine percent critters, one percent self-delusion that we’re not critters. CO2 in our earth, no expert on the video was able to become close.

With every assimilation, we get stronger. With every attempt to isolate, we get weaker.

The Moronic variant spreads a lot faster than the Oh-Deltoid-variant. Oh my. It also requires no more than a few napkins to manage – unless you’re already dying from the usual complications that 165,000 people die from every day.

If you’re not already dying, then try the grandma’s flu recipe. Like bone broth. Hot tea. Sympathy. Relaxation. Breathing air – unobstructed. Avoiding assholes. These are all sensible ideas from an older generation who still understood the immune system. Any one of these ideas can beat shelves of hi-tech pills and boosters at your local pharmacy.

Reading a great book or watching a great movie can help, too. Stories energize when they’re genuine. What we’ve been exposed to for the last two years represents the opposite—the insidious side of storytelling.

By the time the actual story comes out, the future alien societies won’t believe how homo sapiens – even at the inception stages of its evolution – bought and swallowed a story that benefited a handful – and got everyone else in a deadly shit storm. 

https://www.facebook.com/watch?v=777781607248355

“Fuckers were responsible for their extinction! Hoo-hoo-hoo.” They will snicker.

The truth is straightforward. No counterpoints, angles, or shades are left anymore to this particular story. The data is in, and it’s undeniable.

The orchestrators of the current story are psychopaths with an alarmingly narrow spectrum of consciousness. They have engineered a planetary catastrophe for their gain – not realizing that it will bite them in the end – the hardest. That’s the real story.

At the bottom of that implacable stupidity stands something else. Most probably fear and insecurity – the inability to let go of the old ways, the obsession to control every minor aspect of our material reality – from here to eternity. Not accepting that life is in constant flux, never static, unless you’re already dying.

And dying they are – just slowly.

It’s the old Anakin Skywalker story, with a new setting (Earth rather than Tatooine), boosted by reality.

Pointing fingers at the maniacs won’t save anyone. Screaming out of the windows won’t, either. The psychological roots of this planetary snafu are topics that future generations will write treatises on, as a warning to other future civilizations, just like Hannah Arendt’s 1963 book on Adolf Eichmann, which delves into the abyss in the human soul when conditions are (not) right.

These conditions are now back. Ripe for another, more bottomless abyss.

The only thing that can save us now is a reignition of our sense of conscience – multiplied by the critical number of citizens who can still shake off the brain fog and become responsible.

The first duty is to the most innocent part of the narrative. The kids. They dropped onto this planet, thinking their parents would watch out for them. They are getting harmed and about to be harmed in catastrophic proportions.

None of the variants pose an actual threat to children. Some children will die with a variant, but the death has nothing to do with the variant. Same as with all so-called variant fatalities in the last two years. As a rule, people die with, and not of, the variant. At least 96 percent died with in the past two years, making the variants no more dangerous than a common flu.

1

Did you know that you died from a variant in the UK, for example, if you just recovered from one and then got run over by a double-decker bus? That’s how the current worldwide mortality stats roll currently a’la WHO.

The real threat is myocarditis and other autoimmune-related conditions caused by the jab and the cascade effects of lockdown procedures, especially isolation.

Iatrogenesis, aka harm or death by medicine, was the third leading cause of death in the US before this mess

2

. Now it’s creeping into the leader category.

Myocarditis rates alone are through the roof – especially after boosters. One in 95 boys were recently diagnosed with myocarditis in a California private school

3

, as an example.

The death rate for myocarditis is 20 percent in 6.5 years.

4

Read that again. One in five.

The risk of dying from the jab rather than the moronic variant is infinitely higher for kids. Kids are not dying from variants, period. Even with the 65+ demographic, the conservative risk-benefit ratio is about five-to-one, with updated estimates.

5

Like the river Nile, the dark data goes on, winding and curving, as endless as Caesar’s nights with Cleopatra.

Some of the world’s leading infectious disease experts and pathologists have opened up cadavers who died suspiciously after the jab and confirmed the worst expectations. Myocarditis and a spectrum of other immune-related adverse conditions are wreaking havoc in the organs and tissues

6

. They move unpredictably and affect every age class. The effects of this blowback Tsunami are only in the beginning stages.

The original inventor of mRNA shots, Dr. Robert Malone, is trying to stop kids from getting jabbed, with a compilation of research that is impossible to refute

7

. Twitter shut him down yesterday.

RFK’s book on Fauci exposes the background and evolution of psychopaths and their machinery with over 2,200 references that no one has refuted. You can buy this book for $2.90 for kindle and start reading now

8

.

A serial startup engineer, Steve Kirsch used his investigative skills after people began to die around him. Today he offers a million bucks to anyone able to disprove the main conclusions of his red pill research

9

Sixteen thousand doctors agree with signed affidavits: don’t touch the kids

10

.

Sixty thousand scientists have signed a general affidavit to stop the craziness

11

.

All we need is reasonable doubt, but we’re way past that.

If the majority doesn’t stop being silent, the next generation may not forgive us.

And that’s what we need now.

The end of silence in 2022.

Happy ‘22!

1

Science Direct, Toxicology Reports, “Why are we vaccinating Children against COVID-19?

2

Science Based Medicine, June 24, 2008, “Death By Medicine.

3

Steve Kirsch, Dec 28, 2021: “Estimated 1 in 95 boys with myocarditis in a California private school” 

4

Journal of Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance, February 2, 2011: “Predictors of myocarditis mortality” 

5

Science Direct, Toxicology Reports, “Why are we vaccinating Children against COVID-19?

6

Sucharit Bhakdi, MD and Arne Burkhardt, MD, December 10, 2021, “On COVID vaccines: why they cannot work, and irrefutable evidence of their causative role in deaths after vaccination.

7

Dr. Robert Malone, “Genetic Vaccination in Children.”

8

Robert F. Kennedy Jr., “The Real Anthony Fauci: Bill Gates, Big Pharma, and the Global War on Democracy and Public Health (Children’s Health Defense)” 

9

Steve Kirsh, 2021, “Vaccine Essentials” 

10

The Defender, 15 December 2021, “16,000 Physicians and Scientists Agree Kids Shouldn’t Get COVID Vaccine

11

French Daily News, December 5, 2021: “60,000 scientists call for an end to mass vaccination

Subscribe to Coherent

By Jan Wellmann  ·  Launched 2 years ago

Truth is a coherent frequency with the power to heal – if we have the courage to tune in.

Part two. The lockdown!


COVID and the State interference.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is not-in-your-best-interests.jpg

In hindsight: Covid interferences by the States.

More Than 400 Studies on the Failure of Compulsory Covid Interventions by Paul Alexander

Lockdown lessons, Ross, 2021
“Never take radical action without overwhelming evidence that it will work. The authorities took all manner of drastic actions and weren’t the least bit interested in offering evidence and they still aren’t.
Unelected bureaucrats, who know nothing about us, dictated how we live our lives down to the tiniest details.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is image-6.png


The authorities coerced hundreds of millions of people to wear masks. They assumed that would reduce transmission.
There is now evidence that masks are worse than useless. Be extremely reluctant to commit sweeping violations of the Constitution. The Constitution is our country’s greatest asset and our north star.
Ignoring it or trampling on it is never a good idea. The Constitution is what makes us who we are.
We ought to treat it like the treasure it is.Always consider both costs and benefits and make best-effort
projections of both. The costs of virtually every aspect of the lockdown were more than the benefits, usually far more…it has increased the amount of depression and number of suicides, especially among those age 18 and younger.
The postponement and cancellation of medical appointments have resulted in thousands of premature deaths.”

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is Accept-digital-ID.jpg

99) Prof. Sunetra Gupta — New Lockdown is a Terrible Mistake, Gupta, 2020 “I would beg to disagree.
I think there is an alternative, and that alternative involves reducing the deaths that this pandemic might cause by diverting our energies to protecting the vulnerable. Now, why would I say that? The main reason to say that is because the costs of alternative strategies such as lockdown are so profound that we are left with a contemplation of how to go ahead, go forwards, in this current sort of situation without inflicting harm, not just to those who are vulnerable to COVID, but to the general public.

December 1, 2021

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is control-of-mass-media-1024x731.jpg

The great body of evidence (comparative research studies and high-quality pieces of evidence and reporting judged to be relevant to this analysis) shows that COVID-19 lockdowns, shelter-in-place policies, masks, school closures, and mask mandates have failed in their purpose of curbing transmission or reducing deaths. These restrictive policies were ineffective and devastating failures, causing immense harm especially to the poorer and vulnerable within societies.

Nearly all governments have attempted compulsory measures to control the virus, but no government can claim success. The research indicates that mask mandates, lockdowns, and school closures have had no discernible impact of virus trajectories.

Bendavid reported “in the framework of this analysis, there is no evidence that more restrictive nonpharmaceutical interventions (‘lockdowns’) contributed substantially to bending the curve of new cases in England, France, Germany, Iran, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, or the United States in early 2020.” We’ve known this for a very long time now but governments continue to double down, causing misery upon people with ramifications that will likely take decades or more to repair.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is image-11.png

The benefits of the societal lockdowns and restrictions have been totally exaggerated and the harms to our societies and children have been severe: the harms to children, the undiagnosed illness that will result in excess mortality in years to come, depression, anxiety, suicidal ideation in our young people, drug overdoses and suicides due to the lockdown policies, the crushing isolation due to the lockdowns, psychological harms, domestic and child abuse, sexual abuse of children, loss of jobs and businesses and the devastating impact, and the massive numbers of deaths resulting from the lockdowns that will impact heavily on women and minorities.

Now we have whispers again for the new lockdowns in response to the Omicron variant that, by my estimations, will be likely infectious but not more lethal.

How did we get here? We knew that we could never eradicate this mutable virus (that has an animal reservoir) with lockdowns and that it would likely become endemic like other circulating common cold coronaviruses.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is soro-and-money.jpg

When we known age-risk stratified approach was optimal (focused protection as outlined in the Great Barrington Declaration)and not carte blanche policies when we had evidence of a 1,000-fold differential in risk of death between a child and an elderly person. We knew of the potency and success of early ambulatory outpatient treatment in reducing the risk of hospitalization and death in the vulnerable.

It was clear very early on that Task Forces and medical advisors and decision-makers were not reading the evidence, were not up to speed with the science or data, did not understand the evidence, did not ‘get’ the evidence, and were blinded to the science, often driven by their own prejudices, biases, arrogance, and ego. They remain ensconced in sheer academic sloppiness and laziness. It was clear that the response was not a public health one.
It was a political one from day one and continues today.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is Time-to-speak-out-and-nobody-can-stop-the-system.jpg

A recent study (pre-print) captures the essence and catastrophe of a lockdown society and the hollowing out of our children by looking at how children learn (3 months to 3 years old) and finding across all measures that “children born during the pandemic have significantly reduced verbal, motor, and overall cognitive performance compared to children born pre-pandemic.” Researchers also reported that “males and children in lower socioeconomic families have been most affected. Results highlight that even in the absence of direct SARS-CoV-2 infection and COVID-19 illness, the environmental changes associated with the COVID-19 pandemic is significantly and negatively affecting infant and child development.”

Perhaps Donald Luskin of the Wall Street Journal best captures what we have stably witnessed since the start of these unscientific lockdowns and school closures: “Six months into the Covid-19 pandemic, the U.S. has now carried out two large-scale experiments in public health—first, in March and April, the lockdown of the economy to arrest the spread of the virus, and second, since mid-April, the reopening of the economy. The results are in.
Counterintuitive though it may be, statistical analysis shows that locking down the economy didn’t contain the disease’s spread and reopening it didn’t unleash a second wave of infections.”

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is if-you-give-authority.jpg

The British Columbia Center for Disease Control (BCCDC) issued a full report in September 2020 on the impact of school closures on children and found para “that i) children comprise a small proportion of diagnosed COVID-19 cases, have less severe illness, and mortality is rare ii) children do not appear to be a major source of SARS-CoV-2 transmission in households or schools, a finding which has been consistent globally iii) there are important differences between how influenza and SARS-CoV-2 are transmitted. School closures may be less effective as a prevention measure for COVID-19 iv) school closures can have severe and unintended consequences for children
and youth v) school closures contribute to greater family stress, especially for female caregivers, while families balance child care and home learning with employment demands vi) family violence may be on the rise during the COVID pandemic, while the closure of schools and childcare centres may create a gap in the safety net for children who are at risk of abuse and neglect.”

Now places like Austria (November 2021) have re-entered the world of lockdown lunacy only to be outmatched by Australia. Indeed, an illustration of the spurious need for these ill-informed actions is that they are being done in the face of clear scientific evidence showing that during strict prior societal lockdowns, school lockdowns, mask mandates, and additional societal restrictions, the number of positive cases went up!

The pandemic response today remains a purely political one.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is image-2.png

What follows is the current totality of the body of evidence (available comparative studies and high-level pieces of evidence, reporting, and discussion) on COVID-19 lockdowns, masks, school closures, and mask mandates.
There is no conclusive evidence supporting claims that any of these restrictive measures worked to reduce viral transmission or deaths. Lockdowns were ineffective, school closures were ineffective, mask mandates were ineffective, and masks themselves were and are ineffective and harmful.

Table 1: Evidence showing that COVID-19 lockdowns, use of face masks, school closures, and mask mandates were largely ineffective and caused crushing harms

Study/report title, author, and year published and interactive url link Predominant study/evidence report
finding

LOCKDOWNS
1) Lockdown Effects on Sars-CoV-2 Transmission – The evidence from Northern Jutland, Kepp, 2021 “Analysis shows that while infection levels decreased, they did so before lockdown was effective, and infection numbers also decreased in neighbour municipalities without mandates…direct spill-over to neighbour municipalities or the simultaneous mass testing do not explain this…data suggest that efficient infection surveillance and voluntary compliance make full lockdowns unnecessary.”
2) A country level analysis measuring the impact of government actions, country preparedness and socioeconomic factors on COVID-19 mortality and related health outcomes, Chaudhry, 2020 “Analysis was conducted to assess the impact of timing and type of national health policy/actions undertaken towards COVID-19 mortality and related health outcomes…low levels of national preparedness, scale of testing and population characteristics were associated with increased national case load and overall mortality….in our analysis, full lockdowns and wide-spread COVID-19 testing were not associated with reductions in the number of critical cases or overall mortality.”
3) Full lockdown policies in Western Europe countries have no evident impacts on the COVID-19 epidemic, Meunier, 2020 “Extrapolating pre-lockdown growth rate trends, we provide estimates of the death toll in the absence of any lockdown policies, and show that these strategies might not have saved any life in western Europe.
We also show that neighboring countries applying less restrictive social distancing measures (as opposed to police-enforced home containment) experience a very similar time evolution of the epidemic.”
4) Effects of non-pharmaceutical interventions on COVID-19: A Tale of Three Models, Chin, 2020 “Inferences on effects of NPIs are non-robust and highly sensitive to model specification. Claimed benefits of lockdown appear grossly exaggerated.”
5) Assessing mandatory stay-at-home and business closure effects on the spread of COVID-19, Bendavid, 2020 “Assessing mandatory stay-at-home and business closure effects on the spread of COVID-19…we do not find significant benefits on case growth of more restrictive NPIs. Similar reductions in case growth may be achievable with less-restrictive interventions.” “After subtracting the epidemic and lrNPI effects, we find no clear, significant beneficial effect of mrNPIs on case growth in any country.”“In the framework of this analysis, there is no evidence that more restrictive nonpharmaceutical interventions (‘lockdowns’) contributed substantially to bending the curve of new cases in England, France, Germany, Iran, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain or the United States in early 2020.”
6) Effect of school closures on mortality from coronavirus disease 2019: old and new predictions, Rice, 2020
“We therefore conclude that the somewhat counterintuitive results that school closures lead to more deaths are a consequence of the addition of some interventions that suppress the first wave and failure to prioritize protection of the most vulnerable people. When the interventions are lifted, there is still a large population who are susceptible and a substantial number of people who are infected. This then leads to a second wave of infections that can result in more deaths, but later. Further lockdowns would lead to a repeating series of waves of infection unless herd immunity is achieved by vaccination, which is not considered in the model.
A similar result is obtained in some of the scenarios involving general social distancing. For example, adding general social distancing to case isolation and household quarantine was also strongly associated with suppression of the infection during the intervention period, but then a second wave occurs that actually concerns a higher peak demand for ICU beds than for the equivalent scenario without general social distancing.”
7) Stay-at-home policy is a case of exception fallacy: an internet-based ecological study, Savaris, 2021
“To assess the association between staying at home (%) and the reduction/increase in the number of deaths due to COVID-19 in several regions in the world… With our results, we were not able to explain if COVID-19 mortality is reduced by staying at home in ~ 98% of the comparisons after epidemiological weeks 9 to 34.”“We were not able to explain the variation of deaths/million in different regions in the world by social isolation, herein analyzed as differences in staying at home, compared to baseline. In the restrictive and global comparisons, only 3% and 1.6% of the comparisons were significantly different, respectively.”
8) Was Germany’s Corona Lockdown Necessary? Kuhbandner, 2020 “Official data from Germany’s RKI agency suggest strongly that the spread of the corona virus in Germany receded autonomously, before any interventions become effective. Several reasons for such an autonomous decline have been suggested. One is that differences in host susceptibility and behavior can result in herd immunity at a relatively low prevalence level. Accounting for individual variation in susceptibility or exposure to the coronavirus yields a maximum of 17% to 20% of the population that needs to be infected to reach herd immunity, an estimate that is empirically supported by the cohort of the Diamond Princess cruise ship. Another reason is that seasonality may also play an important role in dissipation.”

9) A First Literature Review: Lockdowns Only Had a Small Effect on COVID-19, Herby, 2021
“Lockdowns Only Had a Small Effect on COVID-19…studies which differentiate between the two types of behavioral change find that, on average, mandated behavioral changes accounts for only 9% (median: 0%) of the total effect on the growth of the pandemic stemming from behavioral changes. The remaining 91% (median: 100%) of the effect was due to voluntary behavioral changes.”
10) Trajectory of COVID-19 epidemic in Europe, Colombo, 2020 “We show that relaxing the assumption of
homogeneity to allow for individual variation in susceptibility or connectivity gives a model that has better fit to the data and more accurate 14-day forward prediction of mortality. Allowing for heterogeneity reduces the estimate of “counterfactual” deaths that would have occurred if there had been no interventions from 3.2 million to 262,000, implying that most of the slowing and reversal of COVID-19 mortality is explained by the build-up of herd immunity.”

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is chip.jpg


11) Modeling social distancing strategies to prevent SARS-CoV2 spread in Israel- A Cost-effectiveness analysis, Shlomai, 2020 “A national lockdown has a moderate advantage in saving lives with tremendous costs and possible overwhelming economic effects.”
12) Lockdowns and Closures vs COVID – 19: COVID Wins, Bhalla, 2020
“As we have stressed throughout, a direct test of lockdowns on cases is the most appropriate test.
This direct test is a before after test i.e. a comparison of what happened post lockdown versus what would have happened. Only for 15 out of 147 economies the lockdown “worked” in making infections lower; for more than a hundred countries, post lockdown estimate of infections was more than three times higher than the counterfactual. This is not evidence of success – rather it is evidence of monumental failure of lockdown policy…“we also test, in some detail, the hypothesis that early lockdowns, and more stringent lockdowns, were effective in containing the virus. We find robust results for the opposite conclusion: later lockdowns performed better, and less stringent lockdowns achieved better outcomes.” “For the first time in human history, lockdowns were used as a strategy to counter the virus. While conventional wisdom, to date, has been that lockdowns were successful (ranging from mild to spectacular) we find not one piece of evidence supporting this claim.”
13) SARS-CoV-2 waves in Europe: A 2-stratum SEIRS model solution, Djaparidze, 2020 “Found that 180-day of mandatory isolations to healthy <60 (i.e. schools and workplaces closed) produces more final deaths…e mandatory isolations have caused economic damages and since these enforced isolations were sub-optimal they involuntarily increased the risk of covid-19 disease-related damages.”
14) Government mandated lockdowns do not reduce Covid-19 deaths: implications for evaluating the stringent New Zealand response, Gibson, 2020 “Lockdowns do not reduce Covid-19 deaths. This pattern is visible on each date that key lockdown decisions were made in New Zealand. The apparent ineffectiveness of lockdowns suggests that New Zealand suffered large economic costs for little benefit in terms of lives saved.”
15) Did Lockdown Work? An Economist’s Cross-Country Comparison, Bjørnskov, 2020 “The lockdowns in most Western countries have thrown the world into the most severe recession since World War II and the most rapidly developing recession ever seen in mature market economies. They have also caused an erosion of fundamental rights and the separation of powers in a large part of the world as both democratic and autocratic regimes have misused their emergency powers and ignored constitutional limits to policy-making (Bjørnskov and Voigt, 2020). It is therefore important to evaluate whether and to which extent the lockdowns have worked as officially intended: to suppress the spread of the SARS-CoV-2 virus and prevent deaths associated with it. Comparing weekly mortality in 24 European countries, the findings in this paper suggest that more severe lockdown policies have not been associated with lower mortality. In other words, the lockdowns have not worked as intended.”

16) Inferring UK COVID-19 fatal infection trajectories from daily mortality data: were infections already in
decline before the UK lockdowns ?, Wood, 2020 “A Bayesian inverse problem approach applied to UK data on first wave Covid-19 deaths and the disease duration distribution suggests that fatal infections were in decline before full UK lockdown (24 March 2020), and that fatal infections in Sweden started to decline only a day or two later. An analysis of UK data using the model of Flaxman et al. (2020, Nature 584) gives the same result under relaxation of its prior assumptions on R.”
17) The 1illusory effects of non-pharmaceutical interventions on COVID-19 in Europe, Homburg, 2020
“We show that their methods involve circular reasoning. The purported effects are pure artefacts, which
contradict the data. Moreover, we demonstrate that the United Kingdom’s lockdown was both superfluous and ineffective.”
18) Child malnutrition and COVID-19: the time to act is now, Fore, 2020 “The COVID-19 pandemic is undermining nutrition across the world, particularly in low-income and middle-income countries (LMICs).
The worst consequences are borne by young children. Some of the strategies to respond to COVID-19—including physical distancing, school closures, trade restrictions, and country lockdowns—are impacting food systems by disrupting the production, transportation, and sale of nutritious, fresh, and affordable foods, forcing millions of families to rely on nutrient-poor alternatives.”
19) Covid-19 Mortality: A Matter of Vulnerability Among Nations Facing Limited Margins of Adaptation,
De Larochelambert, 2020 “Countries that already experienced a stagnation or regression of life expectancy, with high income and NCD rates, had the highest price to pay. This burden was not alleviated by more stringent public decisions.”
20) Impact of non-pharmaceutical interventions against COVID-19 in Europe: A quasi-experimental study,
Hunter, 2020 “Closure of education facilities, prohibiting mass gatherings and closure of some
non-essential businesses were associated with reduced incidence whereas stay at home orders and closure of all non-businesses was not associated with any independent additional impact.”
21) Israel: the fat emperor, 2020 “Given that the evidence reveals that the Corona disease declines even without a complete lockdown, it is recommendable to reverse the current policy and remove the lockdown.”

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is coins.jpg


22) Smart Thinking, Lockdown and COVID-19: Implications for Public Policy, Altman, 2020 “The response to COVID-19 has been overwhelmingly to lockdown much the world’s economies in order to minimize death rates as well as the immediate negative effects of COVID-19. I argue that such policy is too often de-contextualized as it ignores policy externalities, assumes death rate calculations are appropriately accurate and, and as well, assumes focusing on direct Covid-19 effects to maximize human welfare is appropriate. As a result of this approach current policy can be misdirected and with highly negative effects on human welfare. Moreover, such policies can inadvertently result in not minimizing death rates (incorporating externalities) at all, especially in the long run… such misdirected and sub-optimal policy is a product of policy makers using inappropriate mental models which are lacking in a number of key areas; the failure to take a more comprehensive macro perspective to address the virus, using bad heuristics or decision-making tools, relatedly not recognizing the differential effects of the virus, and adopting herding strategy (follow-the-leader) when developing policy.”
23) The Mystery of Taiwan, Janaskie, 2020

“Another fascinating outlier – often cited as a case in which a government handled the pandemic the correct way – was Taiwan. Indeed, Taiwan presents an anomaly in the mitigation and overall handling of the Covid-19 pandemic.
In terms of stringency, Taiwan ranks among the lowest in the world, with fewer controls than Sweden and far lower than the U.S….The government did test at the border and introduce some minor controls but nowhere near that of most counties. In general, Taiwan rejected lockdown in favor of maintaining social and economic functioning.”
“Despite Taiwan’s closer proximity to the source of the pandemic, and its high population density, it experienced a substantially lower-case rate of 20.7 per million compared with New Zealand’s 278.0 per million.
Rapid and systematic implementation of control measures, in particular effective border management (exclusion, screening, quarantine/isolation), contact tracing, systematic quarantine/isolation of potential and confirmed cases, cluster control, active promotion of mass masking, and meaningful public health communication, are likely to have been instrumental in limiting pandemic spread. Furthermore, the effectiveness of Taiwan’s public health response has meant that to date no lockdown has been implemented, placing Taiwan in a stronger economic position
both during and post-COVID-19 compared with New Zealand, which had seven weeks of national lockdown (at Alert Levels 4 and 3).”
24) What They Said about Lockdowns before 2020, Gartz, 2021 “While expert consensus regarding the
ineffectiveness of mass quarantine of previous years has recently been challenged, significant present-day
evidence continuously demonstrates that mass quarantine is both ineffectual at preventing disease spread as well as harmful to individuals.”
25) Cost of Lockdowns: A Preliminary Report, AIER, 2020 “In the debate over coronavirus policy, there has been far too little focus on the costs of lockdowns. It’s very common for the proponents of these interventions to write articles and large studies without even mentioning the downsides…a brief look at the cost of stringencies in the United States, and around the world, including stay-at-home orders, closings of business and schools, restrictions on gatherings, shutting of arts and sports, restrictions on medical services, and interventions in the freedom of movement.”
26) Leaked Study From Inside German Government Warns Lockdown Could Kill More People Than Coronavirus, Watson, 2020 German Minister: Lockdown Will Kill More Than Covid-19 Does “The lockdown and the measures taken by the German federal and central governments to contain the coronavirus apparently cost more lives, for example of cancer patients, than of those actually killed by it.”
“Half a million more will die from tuberculosis.”
27) Evaluating the effects of shelter-in-place policies during the COVID-19 pandemic, Berry, 2021
“Previous studies have claimed that shelter-in-place orders saved thousands of lives, but we reassess these analyses and show that they are not reliable. We find that shelter-in-place orders had no detectable health benefits, only modest effects on behavior, and small but adverse effects on the economy.”
28) Study: Lockdown “Will Destroy at Least Seven Times More Years of Human Life” Than it Saves, Watson, 2020
“A study has found that the “stay at home” lockdown order in the United States will “destroy at least seven times more years of human life” than it saves and that this number is “likely” to be more than 90 times greater…
Research shows that at least 16.8% of adults in the United States have suffered “major mental harm from responses to Covid-19…Extrapolating these numbers out, the figures show that “anxiety from responses to Covid-19 has impacted 42,873,663 adults and will rob them of an average of 1.3 years of life, thus destroying 55.7 million years of life.”
29) Four Stylized Facts about COVID-19, Atkeson, 2020 “Failing to account for these four stylized facts may result in overstating the importance of policy mandated NPIs for shaping the progression of this deadly pandemic…
The existing literature has concluded that NPI policy and social distancing have been essential to reducing the spread of COVID-19 and the number of deaths due to this deadly pandemic. The stylized facts established in this paper challenge this conclusion.”
30) THE LONG-TERM IMPACT OF THE COVID-19 UNEMPLOYMENT SHOCK ON LIFE EXPECTANCY AND MORTALITY RATES, Bianchi, 2021
“Policy-makers should therefore consider combining lockdowns with policy interventions meant to reduce
economic distress, guarantee access to health care, and facilitate effective economic reopening under health care policies to limit SARS-CoV-19 spread…assess the long-run effects of the COVID-19 economic recession on mortality and life expectancy. We estimate the size of the COVID-19-related unemployment shock to be between 2 and 5 times larger than the typical unemployment shock, depending on race and gender, resulting in a significant increase in mortality rates and drop in life expectancy. We also predict that the shock will disproportionately affect African-Americans and women, over a short horizon, while the effects for white men will unfold over longer horizons. These figures translate in more than 0.8 million additional deaths over the next 15 years.”
31) Lockdowns Do Not Control the Coronavirus: The Evidence, AIER, 2020 “The question is whether lockdowns worked to control the virus in a way that is scientifically verifiable. Based on the following studies, the answer is no and for a variety of reasons: bad data, no correlations, no causal demonstration, anomalous exceptions, and so on.
There is no relationship between lockdowns (or whatever else people want to call them to mask their true nature) and virus control.”
32) Too Little of a Good Thing A Paradox of Moderate Infection Control, Cohen, 2020
“The link between limiting pathogen exposure and improving public health is not always so straightforward.
Reducing the risk that each member of a community will be exposed to a pathogen has the attendant effect of increasing the average age at which infections occur. For pathogens that inflict greater morbidity at older ages, interventions that reduce but do not eliminate exposure can paradoxically increase the number of cases of severe disease by shifting the burden of infection toward older individuals.”
33) Covid Lockdown Cost/Benefits: A Critical Assessment of the Literature, Allen, 2020 “Generally speaking, the ineffectiveness of lockdown stems from voluntary changes in behavior. Lockdown jurisdictions were not able to revent noncompliance, and non-lockdown jurisdictions benefited from voluntary changes in behavior that mimicked lockdowns. The limited effectiveness of lockdowns explains why, after one year, the unconditional cumulative deaths per million, and the pattern of daily deaths per million, is not negatively correlated with the stringency of lockdown across countries. Using a cost/benefit method proposed by Professor Bryan Caplan, and using two extreme assumptions of lockdown effectiveness, the cost/benefit ratio of lockdowns in Canada, in terms of life-years saved, is between 3.6–282. That is, it is possible that lockdown will go down as one of the greatest peacetime policy failures in Canada’s history.”
34) Covid-19: How does Belarus have one of the lowest death rates in Europe? Karáth, 2020
“Belarus’s beleaguered government remains unfazed by covid-19. President Aleksander Lukashenko, who has been in power since 1994, has flatly denied the seriousness of the pandemic, refusing to impose a lockdown, close schools, or cancel mass events like the Belarusian football league or the Victory Day parade. Yet the country’s death rate is among the lowest in Europe—just over 700 in a population of 9.5 million with over 73 000 confirmed cases.”
35) PANDA, Nell, 2020 “For each country put forward as an example, usually in some pairwise comparison and with an attendant single cause explanation, there are a host of countries that fail the expectation.
We set out to model the disease with every expectation of failure. In choosing variables it was obvious from the outset that there would be contradictory outcomes in the real world. But there were certain variables that appeared to be reliable markers as they had surfaced in much of the media and pre-print papers.
These included age, co-morbidity prevalence and the seemingly light population mortality rates in poorer
countries than that in richer countries. Even the worst among developing nations—a clutch of countries in
equatorial Latin America—have seen lighter overall population mortality than the developed world.
Our aim therefore was not to develop the final answer, rather to seek common cause variables that would go some way to providing an explanation and stimulating discussion. There are some very obvious outliers in this theory, not the least of these being Japan. We test and find wanting the popular notions that lockdowns with their attendant social distancing and various other NPIs confer protection.”
36) States with the Fewest Coronavirus Restrictions, McCann, 2021
Graphics reveal no relationship in stringency level as it relates to the death rates, but finds a clear
relationship between stringency and unemployment.
37) COVID-19 Lockdown Policies: An Interdisciplinary Review, Robinson, 2021 “Studies at the economic level of analysis points to the possibility that deaths associated with economic harms or underfunding of other health issues may outweigh the deaths that lockdowns save, and that the extremely high financial cost of lockdowns may have negative implications for overall population health in terms of diminished resources for treating other conditions. Research on ethics in relation to lockdowns points to the inevitability of value judgements in balancing different kinds of harms and benefits than lockdowns cause.”
38) Comedy and Tragedy in Two Americas, Tucker, 2021 “Covid unleashed a version of tyranny in the United States.
Through a surreptitious and circuitous route, many public officials somehow managed to gain enormous power for themselves and demonstrate that all our vaunted limits on government are easily transgressed under the right conditions. Now they want to use that power to enact permanent change in this country. Right now, people, capital, and institutions are fleeing from them to safe and freer places, which only drives the people in power to madness. They are right now plotting to shut down the free states through any means possible.”
39) Lockdowns Worsen the Health Crisis, Younes, 2021 “We suspect that one day, the quarantining of entire societies that was carried out in response to the coronavirus pandemic, leading to vast swaths of the population becoming unhealthier overall and ironically more susceptible to severe outcomes from the virus, will be seen as the 21st century version of bloodletting. As the epidemiologist Martin Kulldorff has observed, public health is not just about one disease, but all health outcomes. Apparently, in 2020, the authorities forgot this obvious truth.”
40) The Damage of Lockdowns to Young People, Yang, 2021 “Biological and cultural reasons why young people, mostly referring to those under the age of 30, are particularly vulnerable to the isolation as well as lifestyle disruptions brought about by lockdowns… “Adults under 30 experienced the highest increase in suicidal thinking in the same period, with rates of suicidal ideation rising from 12.5% to 14% in people aged 18-29.
For many of the young adults surveyed, these mental health challenges persisted into the summer, despite a loosening of restrictions.”
41) Lifestyle and mental health disruptions during COVID-19, Giuntella, 2021
“COVID-19 has affected daily life in unprecedented ways. Drawing on a longitudinal dataset of college students before and during the pandemic, we document dramatic changes in physical activity, sleep, time use, and mental health. We show that biometric and time-use data are critical for understanding the mental health impacts of COVID-19, as the pandemic has tightened the link between lifestyle behaviors and depression.”
42) CDC: A Quarter of Young Adults Say They Contemplated Suicide This Summer During Pandemic, Miltimore, 2020 “One in four young adults between the ages of 18 and 24 say they’ve considered suicide in the past month because of the pandemic, according to new CDC data that paints a bleak picture of the nation’s mental health during the crisis. The data also flags a surge of anxiety and substance abuse, with more than 40 percent of those surveyed saying they experienced a mental or behavioral health condition connected to the Covid-19 emergency.
The CDC study analyzed 5,412 survey respondents between June 24 and 30.”
43) Global rise in childhood mental health issues amid pandemic, LEICESTER, 2021
“For doctors who treat them, the pandemic’s impact on the mental health of children is increasingly alarming.
The Paris pediatric hospital caring for Pablo has seen a doubling in the number of children and young teenagers requiring treatment after attempted suicides since September.Doctors elsewhere report similar surges, with children — some as young as 8 — deliberately running into traffic, overdosing on pills and otherwise self-harming. In Japan, child and adolescent suicides hit record levels in 2020, according to the
Education Ministry.”
44) Lockdowns: The Great Debate, AIER, 2020 “The global lockdowns, on this scale with this level of
stringency, have been without precedent. And yet we have examples of a handful of countries and US states
that did not do this, and their record in minimizing the cost of the pandemic is better than the lockdown
countries and states. The evidence that the lockdowns have done net good in terms of public health is still
lacking.”
45) COVID-19 containment policies through time may cost more lives at metapopulation level, Wells, 2020
“Show that temporally restricted containment efforts, that have the potential to flatten epidemic curves,
can result in wider disease spread and larger epidemic sizes in metapopulations.”
46) The Covid-19 Emergency Did Not Justify Lockdowns, Boudreaux, 2021 “Yet there was no such careful
calculation for the lockdowns imposed in haste to combat Covid-19. Lockdowns were simply assumed not only
to be effective at significantly slowing the spread of SARS-CoV-2, but also to impose only costs that are
acceptable. Regrettably, given the novelty of the lockdowns, and the enormous magnitude of their likely downsides,
this bizarrely sanguine attitude toward lockdowns was – and remains – wholly unjustified.”
47) Death and Lockdowns, Tierney, 2021 “Now that the 2020 figures have been properly tallied, there’s still
no convincing evidence that strict lockdowns reduced the death toll from Covid-19. But one effect is clear:
more deaths from other causes, especially among the young and middle-aged, minorities, and the less affluent.
The best gauge of the pandemic’s impact is what statisticians call “excess mortality,” which compares the
overall number of deaths with the total in previous years. That measure rose among older Americans because
of Covid-19, but it rose at an even sharper rate among people aged 15 to 54, and most of those excess deaths
were not attributed to the virus.”
48) The COVID Pandemic Could Lead to 75,000 Additional Deaths from Alcohol and Drug Misuse and Suicide, Well
Being Trust, 2021 “The brief notes that if the country fails to invest in solutions that can help heal
the nation’s isolation, pain, and suffering, the collective impact of COVID-19 will be even more devastating.
Three factors, already at work, are exacerbating deaths of despair: unprecedented economic failure paired
with massive unemployment, mandated social isolation for months and possible residual isolation for years,
and uncertainty caused by the sudden emergence of a novel, previously unknown microbe…the deadly impact of
lockdowns will grow in future years, due to the lasting economic and educational consequences.
The United States will experience more than 1 million excess deaths in the United States during the next two
decades as a result of the massive “unemployment shock” last year… lockdowns are the single worst public
health mistake in the last 100 years,” says Dr. Jay Bhattacharya, a professor at Stanford Medical School.
“We will be counting the catastrophic health and psychological harms, imposed on nearly every poor person
on the face of the earth, for a generation.”
49) Professor Explains Flaw in Many Models Used for COVID-19 Lockdown Policies, Chen, 2021
“Economics professor Doug Allen wanted to know why so many early models used to create COVID-19 lockdown policies turned out to be highly incorrect. What he found was that a great majority were based on false assumptions and “tended to over-estimate the benefits and under-estimate the costs.” He found it troubling that policies such as total lockdowns were based on those models. “They were built on a set of assumptions. Those assumptions turned out to be really important, and the models are very sensitive to them, and they turn out to be false, ” said Allen, the Burnaby Mountain Professor of Economics at Simon Fraser University, in an interview.”
“Furthermore, “The limited effectiveness of lockdowns explains why, after one year, the unconditional
cumulative deaths per million, and the pattern of daily deaths per million, is not negatively correlated
with the stringency of lockdown across countries,” writes Allen. In other words, in his assessment, heavy
lockdowns do not meaningfully reduce the number of deaths in the areas where they are implemented, when compared to areas where lockdowns were not implemented or as stringent.”
50) The Anti-Lockdown Movement Is Large and Growing, Tucker, 2021
“The lesson: lockdown policies failed to protect the vulnerable and otherwise did little to nothing actually to suppress or otherwise control the virus. AIER has assembled fully 35 studies revealing no connection between lockdowns and disease outcomes. In addition, the Heritage Foundation has published an outstanding roundup of the Covid experience, revealing that lockdowns were largely political theater distracting from what should have been good public health practice.”
51) The Ugly Truth About The Covid-19 Lockdowns, Hudson, 2021 “By following the data and official
communications from global organizations, PANDA unravels what transpired that led us into deleterious lockdowns, which continue to have enormous negative impacts across the world.”
52) The Catastrophic Impact of Covid Forced Societal Lockdowns, Alexander, 2020 “It is also noteworthy that these irrational and unreasonable restrictive actions are not limited to any one jurisdiction such as the US, but shockingly have occurred across the globe. It is stupefying as to why governments, whose primary roles are to protect their citizens, are taking these punitive actions despite the compelling evidence that these policies are misdirected and very harmful; causing palpable harm to human welfare on so many levels. It’s tantamount to insanity what governments have done to their populations and largely based on no scientific basis.
None! In this, we have lost our civil liberties and essential rights, all based on spurious ‘science’ or worse,
opinion, and this erosion of fundamental freedoms and democracy is being championed by government leaders who are disregarding the Constitutional (USA) and Charter (Canada) limits to their right to make and enact policy.
These unconstitutional and unprecedented restrictions have taken a staggering toll on our health and well-being and also target the very precepts of democracy; particularly given the fact that this viral pandemic is no different in overall impact on society than any previous pandemics. There is simply no defensible rationale to treat this pandemic any differently.”
53) Cardiovascular and immunological implications of social distancing in the context of COVID-19, D’Acquisto, 2020
It is clear that social distancing measures such as lockdown during the COVID-19 pandemic will have subsequent effects on the body including the immune and cardiovascular systems, the extent of which will be dependent on the duration of such measures. The take-home message of these investigations is that social interaction is an integral part of a wide range of conditions that influence cardiovascular and immunological homeostasis.”
54) A Statistical Analysis of COVID-19 and Government Protection Measures in the U.S., Dayaratna, 2021
“Our analysis demonstrates that the time from a state’s first case to voluntary changes in residence mobility, which occurred before the imposition of shelter-in-place orders in 43 states, indeed quelled the time to reach the maximum growth in per capita cases. On the other hand, our analysis also indicates that these behavioral changes were not significantly effective in quelling mortality… our simulations find a negative effect of the time from a state’s first case to the imposition of shelter-in-place orders on the time to reach the specified per capita mortality thresholds. Our analysis also finds a slightly smaller negative effect on the time from a state’s first case to the imposition of prohibitions on gatherings above 500 people…. shelter-in-place orders can also have negative unforeseen health-related consequences, including the capacity to cause patients to avoid visits to doctors’ offices and emergency rooms. In addition, these policies can result in people, including those with chronic illnesses, skipping routine medical appointments, not seeking routine procedures to diagnose advanced cancer, not pursuing cancer screening colonoscopies, postponing non-emergency cardiac catheterizations, being
unable to seek routine care if they experience chronic pain, and suffering mental health effects, among others…
drug overdose deaths, alcohol consumption, and suicidal ideation have also been noted to have increased in 2020 compared to prior years.”
55) Lockdowns in Taiwan: Myths Versus Reality, Gartz, 2021
“Articles citing a “tightening” of rules only briefly acknowledge that Taiwan never locked down.
Instead, they blame the increase in cases on a loosening of travel restrictions and on people’s becoming “more relaxed or careless as time goes by.” A closer look reveals that this harsh turn in restrictions consists of capping gatherings at 500 for outdoors and 100 for indoors to 10 and 5 respectively — more in line with gathering limits imposed by Western nations. The reality is that the hyperbolic 124 action items misrepresent the Taiwanese approach. Relative to other countries, Taiwan serves as a beacon of freedom: children still attended school, professionals continued to go to work, and businesspeople were able to keep their businesses open.”
56) Lockdowns Need to Be Intellectually Discredited Once and For All, Yang, 2021
“Lockdowns do not provide any meaningful benefit and they cause unnecessary collateral damage. Voluntary actions and light-handed accommodations to protect the vulnerable according to comprehensive analysis, not cherry-picked studies with overly short timelines, provide similar, if not better, virus mitigation compared to lockdown policies. Furthermore, contrary to what many keep trying to say, it is lockdowns that are the causal factor behind the unprecedented economic and social damage that has been dealt to society.”
57) Canada’s COVID-19 Strategy is an Assault on the Working Class, Kulldorff, 2020
“The Canadian COVID-19 lockdown strategy is the worst assault on the working class in many decades.
Low-risk college students and young professionals are protected; such as lawyers, government employees, journalists, and scientists who can work from home; while older high-risk working-class people must work, risking their lives generating the population immunity that will eventually help protect everyone.
This is backwards, leading to many unnecessary deaths from both COVID-19 and other diseases.”
58) Our COVID-19 Plan would Minimize Mortality and Lockdown-induced Collateral Damage, Kulldorff, 2020
“While mortality is inevitable during a pandemic, the COVID-19 lockdown strategy has led to more than 220,000 deaths, with the urban working class carrying the heaviest burden. Many older workers have been forced to accept high mortality risk or increased poverty, or both. While the current lockdowns are less strict than in March, the lockdown and contact tracing strategy is the worst assault on the working class since segregation and the Vietnam War. Lockdown policies have closed schools, businesses and churches, while not enforcing strict protocols to protect high-risk nursing home residents. University closures and the economic displacement caused by lockdowns have led millions of young adults to live with older parents, increasing regular close interactions across generations.”
59) The costs are too high; the scientist who wants lockdown lifted faster; Gupta, 2021 “It’s becoming clear that a lot of people have been exposed to the virus and that the death rate in people under 65 is not something you would lock down the economy for,” she says. “We can’t just think about those who are vulnerable to the disease.
We have to think about those who are vulnerable to lockdown too.
The costs of lockdown are too high at this point.”

60) Review of the Impact of COVID-19 First Wave Restrictions on Cancer Care, Collateral Global, Heneghan; 2021
“Restrictive measures in the first wave of the COVID19 pandemic in 2019-20 led to wide-scale, global disruption of cancer care. Future restrictions should consider disruptions to the cancer care pathways and plan to prevent unnecessary harms.”
61) German Study Finds Lockdown ‘Had No Effect’ on Stopping Spread of Coronavirus, Watson, 2021
“Stanford researchers found “no clear, significant beneficial effect of [more restrictive measures] on case
growth in any country.”
62) Lockdown will claim the equivalent of 560,000 lives because of the health impact of the ‘deep and prolonged recession it will cause’, expert warns, Adams/Thomas/Daily Mail, 2020 “Lockdowns will end up claiming the equivalent of more than 500,000 lives because of the health impact of the ‘deep and prolonged recession it will cause.”
63) Anxiety From Reactions to Covid-19 Will Destroy At Least Seven Times More Years of Life Than Can Be Saved by Lockdowns, Glen, 2021
“Likewise, a 2020 paper about quarantines published in The Lancet states: “Separation from loved ones, the loss of freedom, uncertainty over disease status, and boredom can, on occasion, create dramatic effects. Suicide has been reported, substantial anger generated, and lawsuits brought following the imposition of quarantine in previous outbreaks. The potential benefits of mandatory mass quarantine need to be weighed carefully against the possible psychological costs.” Yet, when dealing with Covid-19 and other issues, politicians sometimes ignore this essential principle of sound decision-making. For a prime example, NJ Governor Phil Murphy recently insisted that he must maintain a lockdown or “there will be blood